C-24.2 - Highway Safety Code

À jour au 27 octobre 1999

Ce document a valeur officielle.

chapter C-24.2

Highway Safety Code

TITLE PRELIMINARY SCOPE AND DEFINITIONS

1. This Code governs the use of vehicles on public highways and, in specified cases, on certain private roads and lands, and pedestrian traffic on public highways.

It establishes the rules relating to highway safety, to the registration of road vehicles, to licences and permits which are under the administration of the Société de l’assurance automobile du Québec, and to the control of highway transportation of persons and goods.

Unless otherwise provided, this Code applies to off-highway vehicles only for the purposes of registration and identification of the vehicle by means of a number affixed to it.

1986, c. 91, s. 1; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 1; 1996, c. 56, s. 1; 1996, c. 60, s. 69.

2. The provisions of this Code which apply to the owner of a road vehicle also apply to every person who acquires or possesses a road vehicle under a title involving a condition or a term giving him the right to become owner thereof, or under a title giving him the right to use it as owner thereof charged to deliver over.

They also apply to every person who leases a road vehicle for a period of not less than one year.

1986, c. 91, s. 2.

3. The person in whose name a road vehicle is registered is responsible for any offence imputable to the owner pursuant to this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 3.

4. In this Code, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“bus” means a motor vehicle, other than a minibus, designed for the transportation of more than nine occupants at a time and used mainly for that purpose or equipped with devices to secure wheelchairs against movement;

“combination of road vehicles” means a combination of vehicles consisting of a motorized road vehicle drawing a trailer, a semi-trailer or a detachable axle;

“commercial vehicle” means a motor vehicle mainly used for the transportation of property;

“dealer” means a person who acquires road vehicles for trading purposes;

“emergency vehicle” means a road vehicle used as a police car in accordance with the Police Act (chapter P-13), a road vehicle used as an ambulance in accordance with the Public Health Protection Act (chapter P-35), a fire department road vehicle, or any other road vehicle which meets the criteria established by regulation for recognition as an emergency vehicle by the Société;

“health care professional” means a person holding a permit or licence issued by one of the following professional orders, and who is entered on the roll of that order:

(1)  Ordre professionnel des médecins du Québec;

(2)  Ordre professionnel des optométristes du Québec;

(3)  Ordre professionnel des psychologues du Québec;

(4)  Ordre professionnel des ergothérapeutes du Québec;

(5)  Ordre professionnel des infirmières et infirmiers du Québec;

“heavy vehicle” means a heavy vehicle within the meaning of the Act respecting owners and operators of heavy vehicles (chapter P-30.3);

“minibus” means a motor vehicle having two axles with single wheels and equipped with not more than five rows of seats for the transportation of more than nine occupants at a time, or equipped with devices to secure wheelchairs against movement;

“moped” means a passenger vehicle having two or three wheels, provided with a motor having a piston displacement of not over 50 cm3 and equipped with an automatic transmission, as well as a three-wheel passenger vehicle designed for the transportation of a handicapped person which meets the criteria established by regulation for recognition as a moped by the Société;

“motorcycle” means a passenger vehicle having two or three wheels that has at least one characteristic different from the characteristics of a moped;

“motor vehicle” means a motorized road vehicle primarily adapted for the transportation of persons or property;

“municipality” means a local municipality and also an urban community or a regional county municipality where, under its constituent Act, it exercises its jurisdiction in respect of a public highway with regard to a matter contemplated in this Code;

“off-highway vehicle” means a vehicle to which the Act respecting off-highway vehicles (chapter V-1.2) applies;

“passenger vehicle” means a motor vehicle designed for the transportation of not more than nine occupants at a time, where such transportation does not require a permit from the Commission des transports du Québec;

“pound” means a place determined by a municipality or by the Société as a place to which road vehicles seized pursuant to sections 209.1 and 209.2 are taken;

“public highway” means the surface of land or of a structure, the maintenance of which is entrusted to a municipality, a government or one of its agencies, over part of which one or more roadways open to public vehicular traffic and, where such is the case, one or more cycle lanes are laid out, except

(1)  highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles or the Ministère de l’Agriculture, des Pêcheries et de l’Alimentation, and

(2)  highways under construction or repair, but only with respect to vehicles assigned to the construction or repair;

(3)  highways which the Government determines, under section 5.1, as being exempt from the application of this Code;

“road vehicle” means a motor vehicle that can be driven on a highway, other than a vehicle that runs only on rails or an electrically propelled wheelchair; a trailer, a semi-trailer or a detachable axle is defined as a road vehicle;

“roadway” means that part of a public highway ordinarily used for vehicular traffic;

“taxi” means a motor vehicle operated under a permit issued in compliance with the Act respecting transportation by taxi (chapter T-11.1);

“tool vehicle” means a road vehicle, other than a vehicle mounted on a truck chassis, manufactured to perform work and the work station of which is an integral part of the driver’s compartment. For the purposes of this definition, a truck chassis is a frame equipped with all the mechanical components required on a road vehicle designed for the transportation of persons, goods or equipment;

“tow truck” means a motor vehicle equipped to lift and tow a road vehicle or to load a road vehicle onto its platform.

1986, c. 91, s. 4; 1987, c. 94, s. 2; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 85, s. 122; 1990, c. 64, s. 26; 1990, c. 83, s. 2; 1994, c. 13, s. 15, s. 16; 1996, c. 56, s. 2; 1997, c. 40, s. 3; 1996, c. 60, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 55.

5. For the purposes of this Code, the word “person” also includes a partnership.

1986, c. 91, s. 5.

5.1. For the purposes of sections 35, 36, 97, 202.2, 202.4 and 636.1, a person is deemed to have the care or control of a road vehicle when that person occupies the seat or position ordinarily occupied by the driver in circumstances in which it may be believed that there is a risk of the person setting the vehicle in motion.

1996, c. 56, s. 3.

5.2. The Government may, by order in council published in the Gazette officielle du Québec, determine that a highway to which paragraph i of section 3 of the Act respecting the Ministère des Transports (chapter M-28) applies is not a public highway within the meaning of section 4, or that certain provisions of this Code or of a regulation thereunder do not apply to such a highway.

1997, c. 40, s. 4.

TITLE I REGISTRATION OF ROAD VEHICLES

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

6. Every road vehicle must be registered except a vehicle exempt from registration under this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 6.

7. The owner of a road vehicle must apply to the Société for its registration upon taking possession of it.

1986, c. 91, s. 7; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

8. The owner of a road vehicle who establishes residence in Québec must apply to the Société for its registration within 90 days thereafter.

1986, c. 91, s. 8; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

9. The Société, with the approval of the Minister of Transport, may, on such conditions as it shall establish, appoint persons authorized to collect on its behalf the sums provided for in either of sections 21 or 31.1 and to effect any transaction it shall indicate relating to registration, and fix the amount and mode of their remuneration.

1986, c. 91, s. 9; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 3.

10. Registration is effected by entering in the register kept by the Société for that purpose such information concerning the road vehicle and its owner as is prescribed by regulation.

Registration shall subsist for as long as the road vehicle and its owner remain the same.

1986, c. 91, s. 10; 1990, c. 83, s. 4.

10.1. The Société shall issue, on the conditions and in the cases provided for by regulation, one or more of the following documents: a registration certificate, a registration plate including, if needed, a validation sticker.

The registration certificate, the registration plate and the sticker are valid for the period determined by regulation and the person in whose name registration is effected must renew them upon expiry.

1990, c. 83, s. 4; 1997, c. 49, s. 4.

10.2. Notwithstanding sections 10 and 10.1, registration of certain classes of road vehicles that are prescribed by regulation may be effected by entering in the register of the Société the information prescribed by regulation with regard to those classes of vehicles and to the persons meeting the conditions prescribed by regulation for obtaining such registration.

The Société shall issue one or more registration certificates and removable registration plates.

Every vehicle of a class contemplated in the first paragraph is deemed to be registered in accordance with section 6 when a removable registration plate is affixed to it.

Sections 188, 189 and 196 to 202 shall apply with any necessary changes, except that the Société shall cancel the registration obtained by any person under this section instead of prohibiting the putting back into operation of a road vehicle.

1990, c. 83, s. 4.

11. The Société may, on the terms and conditions determined by regulation, issue to a handicapped person an identification sticker authorizing the person to use parking spaces reserved for the exclusive use of handicapped persons.

Such sticker is issued upon payment of the fees fixed by regulation.

The Société may also issue such a sticker to a public institution within the meaning of the Act respecting health services and social services (chapter S-4.2) or the Act respecting health services and social services for Cree Native persons (chapter S-5) that owns a motor vehicle equipped with devices to secure wheelchairs against movement.

1986, c. 91, s. 11; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 5; 1992, c. 21, s. 375; 1994, c. 23, s. 8; 1997, c. 49, s. 5.

12. Every registration certificate shall contain the information determined by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 12.

13. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 13; 1990, c. 83, s. 6.

CHAPTER II VEHICLES EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION

14. The following road vehicles are exempt from registration:

(1)  farm machinery owned by a farmer and determined by regulation;

(2)  (paragraph repealed);

(3)  an off-highway vehicle used exclusively on a competition circuit laid out and used for the competition of motor vehicles subject to the Act respecting safety in sports (chapter S-3.1) and, in the cases provided for by regulation, an off-highway vehicle to which the Act respecting off-highway vehicles (chapter V-1.2) applies and a recreation vehicle;

(4)  a detachable axle;

(5)  a single-axle towing dolly.

1986, c. 91, s. 14; 1987, c. 94, s. 3; 1990, c. 83, s. 7; 1996, c. 56, s. 4; 1996, c. 60, s. 71.

15. The following road vehicles, unless used on a public highway, are exempt from registration:

(1)  a vehicle stocked by the manufacturer or, during delivery, a vehicle delivered by a manufacturer to a dealer;

(2)  a vehicle which a dealer holds in stock for sale;

(3)  a vehicle entrusted to the management of the Public Curator;

(4)  a vehicle seized or impounded by a peace officer;

(5)  a vehicle designed mainly for use on snow, other than a snowmobile to which the Act respecting off-highway vehicles (chapter V-1.2) applies, and a tractor owned by a farmer, in the cases prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 15; 1996, c. 60, s. 72.

16. For the purposes of sections 14 and 15, a farmer is a natural person who is a member of an association certified under the Farm Producers Act (chapter P-28) or a person who is the owner or the lessee of a farm and whose principal activity is agriculture.

1986, c. 91, s. 16.

17. A road vehicle the ownership of which is transferred following a death is exempt from registration if the ownership is again transferred within seven days after the heir or particular legatee obtains delivery of it or receives it in payment of his legacy.

1986, c. 91, s. 17; 1999, c. 40, s. 55.

18. A trailer or semi-trailer leased for a period not exceeding 12 months is exempt from registration if the following conditions are met:

(1)  the leasing contract is entered into outside Québec;

(2)  its owner is not required to hold a leasing permit from the Commission des transports du Québec;

(3)  it is in the possession of the lessee;

(4)  its net mass is 900 kg or less.

1986, c. 91, s. 18.

19. The passenger vehicle, trailer or semi-trailer of a non-resident is exempt from registration in Québec for a period of six consecutive months from his arrival if the following conditions are met:

(1)  the vehicle is registered as required by the law of the main place of residence or the business establishment of its owner;

(2)  the vehicle carries a valid registration plate of that place;

(3)  the driver furnishes proof of that registration at the request of the Société or of a peace officer.

1986, c. 91, s. 19; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1999, c. 40, s. 55.

20. A road vehicle acquired outside Québec by a foreign student, coopérant or trainee staying in Québec is exempt from registration for the duration of his studies or training if the following conditions are met:

(1)  the vehicle is registered as required by the law of the main place of residence of its owner or the place where he established residence;

(2)  the vehicle carries a valid registration plate of that place;

(3)  the student, coopérant or trainee furnishes proof of that registration at the request of the Société or of a peace officer;

(4)  the same right is granted to students, coopérants or trainees from Québec staying in the place of domicile of that student, coopérant or trainee.

1986, c. 91, s. 20; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

CHAPTER III OBTENTION OF REGISTRATION

1990, c. 83, s. 8.

21. To obtain the registration of a road vehicle and the right to put the vehicle into operation on a public highway, a private road open to public vehicular traffic and on land occupied by shopping centres or other land where public traffic is allowed, the owner of the vehicle must

(1)  comply with the conditions and formalities established by regulation;

(2)  (subparagraph repealed);

(3)  pay the fees fixed by regulation, the duties fixed by regulation and revalorized, where applicable, in accordance with section 151.4 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25), the insurance contribution fixed pursuant to sections 151.1 and 151.2 of that Act and revalorized, where applicable, in accordance with section 151.4 of that Act and, where applicable, the contribution of motorists to public transit fixed pursuant to section 88.3 of the Transport Act (chapter T-12);

(4)  have the prior authorization of the Commission des transports du Québec, in the cases provided for in sections 35 and 40.2 of the Transport Act or in section 31 of the Act respecting transportation by taxi (chapter T-11.1);

(5)  in respect of a road vehicle belonging to the class determined by regulation which is seven years old or less and whose value exceeds $40,000, pay, according to the calculation methods established by regulation, an additional duty which, computed on an annual basis, is equal to 1 % of the value of the vehicle in excess of $40,000.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Société may, without further notice, prohibit such an owner from putting his vehicle into operation if he does not pay the sums referred to in paragraph 3 of the first paragraph or if he is indebted to the Société with regard to the sums referred to in section 31.1 in relation to any vehicle belonging to him or any sums referred to in either of section 69, 93.1 or 209.22.

No person may put a road vehicle into operation before the sums referred to in the second paragraph have been paid by the owner or, in the case of an owner or operator of a heavy vehicle, is not a person registered in the Registre des propriétaires et des exploitants de véhicules lourds at the Commission des transports du Québec.

1986, c. 91, s. 21; 1987, c. 94, s. 4; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1991, c. 32, s. 165; 1990, c. 83, s. 9; 1991, c. 55, s. 8; 1993, c. 57, s. 5; 1996, c. 56, s. 5; 1997, c. 85, s. 13; 1998, c. 40, s. 56.

22. The registration of a road vehicle owned by a partnership is made in the name of the partner making the application.

1986, c. 91, s. 22.

23. The registration of a road vehicle acquired in co-ownership is made in the name of the co-owner making the application.

1986, c. 91, s. 23.

24. A minor applying for the registration of a road vehicle must furnish to the Société the written consent of the person having parental authority or, failing such a person, the consent of the person having legal custody of the minor.

The first paragraph does not apply to a minor if he is emancipated or engaged in trade, provided that he proves his status.

1986, c. 91, s. 24; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

25. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 25; 1987, c. 94, s. 5; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 10.

26. The Société must refuse to register a road vehicle whenever the person applying for registration is unable to establish that he is the owner or joint owner of that vehicle or that the vehicle is the property of the partnership of which he is a member.

1986, c. 91, s. 26; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 11.

CHAPTER IV CONDITIONS ATTACHED TO REGISTRATION

27. The person in whose name registration of a road vehicle has been effected by the Société must sign the registration certificate upon receiving it.

The certificate must bear the identifying mark of the Société or the signature of a person authorized by the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 27; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 12.

28. The person in whose name the registration of a road vehicle is effected by the Société must inform the latter, upon making payment of the amounts required to be paid under section 31.1, of any change concerning the information prescribed by regulation, and forming the registration or which appears on the registration certificate, the registration plate or the stickers.

That person must also, for as long as the registration is in effect, notify the Société of any such changes within 30 days after the change.

1986, c. 91, s. 28; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 13.

29. The owner of a road vehicle must place the temporary registration certificate issued to him in the upper left hand part of the rear window of the vehicle or in such other place as is determined by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 29.

30. The owner of a road vehicle must solidly attach the registration plate issued to him to the rear of the vehicle or to such other place as is determined by regulation.

Where a regulation prescribes the issue of two duplicates of the registration plate, one must be attached to the front of the vehicle and the other to the rear.

1986, c. 91, s. 30.

31. The owner of a road vehicle must place the validation stickers on the registration plate at the places determined by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 31; 1997, c. 49, s. 6.

31.1. To retain the right to drive a registered road vehicle, the owner thereof must, unless exempted by regulation, pay to the Société, at the intervals and over the periods determined by regulation, the fees fixed by regulation, the duties fixed by regulation and revalorized, where applicable, in accordance with section 151.4 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25), the insurance contribution fixed pursuant to section 151.1 of that Act and revalorized, where applicable, in accordance with section 151.4 of that Act and, where applicable, the contribution of motorists to public transit fixed pursuant to section 88.3 of the Transport Act (chapter T-12) and, in respect of a road vehicle belonging to a class determined by regulation which is seven years old or less and whose value exceeds $40,000, an additional duty which, computed on an annual basis, is equal to 1 % of the value of the vehicle in excess of $40,000.

An owner who elects not to drive the vehicle for all or part of the period corresponding to the payment of the amounts referred to in the first paragraph must notify the Société thereof before the date on which payment of such amounts becomes due or any later date determined by regulation. In this case, he will not be bound to pay the duties, additional duty, fees or insurance contribution prescribed for the period during which such election has effect.

Where the owner has not paid the amounts referred to in the first paragraph when they become due or where he has notified the Société of his election not to drive the vehicle in accordance with the second paragraph, no person may, from, as the case may be, the date on which the sums become due or the date of receipt by the Société of the notice of election not to drive, and without further notice, put the road vehicle back into operation.

The owner may, during the period corresponding to the payment of the amounts referred to in the first paragraph, apply to the Société to obtain the authorization to put the road vehicle back into operation. He must, in that case, pay the duties, additional duty and fees, the insurance contribution and the additional fee prescribed by regulation, in accordance with the terms and conditions prescribed by regulation.

1990, c. 83, s. 14; 1991, c. 32, s. 166; 1993, c. 57, s. 6; 1997, c. 85, s. 14.

32. No registration plate may bear any inscription other than those determined by the Société.

The registration plate must be free of any object or matter that could impair its legibility; it must also, if attached to the rear of the vehicle, be sufficiently lighted.

1986, c. 91, s. 32; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

33. A peace officer may require the driver of a road vehicle to clean the registration plate of the vehicle if the presence of dirt on the plate makes it difficult to read.

The driver must comply with the requirement of the peace officer.

1986, c. 91, s. 33.

34. No plate or sticker that may be confused with a registration plate or validation sticker issued by the Société or by any other competent administrative authority may be attached to a road vehicle or affixed to a plate, except in the case of a plate or sticker required under another law in force in Québec or of a plate attached in compliance with standards and conditions established under paragraph 19 of section 618.

1986, c. 91, s. 34; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 15.

35. The person driving or having the care or control of a road vehicle must have with him the registration certificate of the vehicle and the certificate of insurance or of financial responsibility as provided in the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25).

If the road vehicle is leased for less than one year or if it has been lent by a dealer, the person must also have with him the contract of lease or a copy thereof, or a document evidencing the duration of the loan.

This section applies on private roads open to public vehicular traffic and on land occupied by shopping centres or other land where public traffic is allowed, as well as on public highways. It also applies on highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles.

1986, c. 91, s. 35; 1996, c. 56, s. 6; 1998, c. 40, s. 57.

36. The person driving or having the care or control of a road vehicle must remit for examination to a peace officer, at his request, the documents referred to in section 35.

The peace officer must return the documents to their holder as soon as he has examined them.

1986, c. 91, s. 36; 1996, c. 56, s. 7.

37. The person in whose name registration of a road vehicle has been effected by the Société must request the latter to replace any registration certificate, registration plate or sticker which is illegible, damaged or which contains inaccurate information.

1986, c. 91, s. 37; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 16.

38. Upon proof that a registration certificate, a registration plate or a sticker is illegible or damaged or has been destroyed, lost, stolen or that it contains inaccurate information, the Société shall replace it upon payment of the fee fixed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 38; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 17.

39. Every person contemplated in section 10.2 or the owner of a road vehicle regarding which a decision of the Société has been rendered under any of sections 10.2, 188, or 196 to 202 must, at the request of the Société, return that vehicle’s registration certificate and plate or the detachable registration plate to the Société on the date of coming into force of the decision or on any later date fixed by the Société. The same applies where the Société acts under section 189.

Where the owner refuses or fails to observe the requirement of this section, the Société may request a peace officer to confiscate the certificate and the registration plate. The owner of the vehicle must immediately remit his registration certificate and registration plate to the peace officer who requests him to do so and informs him of the reasons therefor.

1986, c. 91, s. 39; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 18; 1998, c. 40, s. 58.

39.1. No person may put back into operation any road vehicle in respect of which a decision of the Société rendered under any of sections 188, or 196 to 202 is in force. The same applies where the Société acts under section 189.

1990, c. 83, s. 19; 1998, c. 40, s. 59.

CHAPTER V TRANSFER OF ROAD VEHICLES

40. Where the right of ownership of a road vehicle is transferred between parties neither of whom is a dealer, the transferor must remit to the Société the registration certificate and the registration plate issued for the vehicle, after endorsing the certificate, and the new purchaser must apply for a new registration.

1986, c. 91, s. 40; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

41. Where road vehicles are exchanged between parties neither of whom is a dealer, each owner must remit to the Société the registration certificate, endorsed, issued for his vehicle and apply for a new registration.

1986, c. 91, s. 41; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

42. Where the right of ownership of a road vehicle is transferred to a dealer, the transferor who is not purchasing a new vehicle must remit the registration certificate of the vehicle to the dealer after endorsing it and transmit the registration plate of the vehicle to the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 42; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

43. Where the right of ownership of a road vehicle is transferred to a dealer, the transferor who is purchasing a new vehicle must retain the registration plate, remit the registration certificate to the dealer after endorsing it and apply to the Société for the issue of a certificate for the new vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 43; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

44. Sections 40 to 43 do not apply to the transfer of the right of ownership of a road vehicle that is under a contract of lease with a term of one year or more.

1986, c. 91, s. 44.

45. The lessee of a road vehicle leased for a term of one year or more must, at the end of the contract of lease, remit the registration certificate and registration plate of the leased vehicle to the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 45; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

46. Subject to section 17, a person who becomes the owner of a road vehicle as a result of a death, a gift, a partition, a winding-up, a bankruptcy, the exercise of a right of repossession, the complete transfer of a business or a judicial sale must remit the registration certificate to the Société and apply for a new registration for the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 46; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

47. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 47; 1987, c. 94, s. 6; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 20.

CHAPTER VI PENAL PROVISIONS

48. Every owner of a road vehicle who contravenes any of sections 29, 30 and 31 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $30 to $60.

1986, c. 91, s. 48; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

49. Every person who contravenes section 32, the second paragraph of section 33, or either of sections 35 and 37, is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $30 to $60.

1986, c. 91, s. 49; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

50. Every person who drives a road vehicle the registration plate of which is so damaged as to prevent the identification of the vehicle is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $30 to $60.

1986, c. 91, s. 50; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

51. Every person who contravenes the first paragraph of section 27, or any of sections 28 or 40 to 46 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $60 to $100.

1986, c. 91, s. 51; 1987, c. 94, s. 7; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

52. Every owner of a road vehicle who contravenes section 47 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $60 to $100.

1986, c. 91, s. 52; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

53. Every person who contravenes the first paragraph of section 36 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1986, c. 91, s. 53; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

54. Every person who drives a road vehicle and every owner who allows his vehicle to be driven carrying a registration plate of a class other than the class corresponding to that vehicle, or which is being used for a purpose other than the purpose indicated in its registration, or carrying a registration plate issued for another road vehicle, is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

1986, c. 91, s. 54; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 21.

55. Every owner of a road vehicle who contravenes section 7 or section 8 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

1986, c. 91, s. 55; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 8.

56. Every person who drives a road vehicle carrying a plate or a sticker described in section 34 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

1986, c. 91, s. 56; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 22.

57. Every person who contravenes section 34, or who attaches to a road vehicle a registration plate issued for another road vehicle or affixes to a plate a validation sticker issued for another road vehicle is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

1986, c. 91, s. 57; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 23.

58. Every owner of a road vehicle who contravenes section 6 or section 39 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

1986, c. 91, s. 58; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 9.

59. Every person who contravenes the third paragraph of section 21, the third paragraph of section 31.1, or section 39.1, or who knowingly gives false or misleading information in applying for the registration of a road vehicle or in respect of a change referred to in section 28 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

Every owner of a heavy vehicle who knowingly supplies false or misleading information on applying for registration or in respect of a change referred to in section 28 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $500 to $1,500.

1986, c. 91, s. 59; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 24; 1998, c. 40, s. 60.

60. Every person who makes a plate or a sticker described in section 34 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1986, c. 91, s. 60; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 25.

TITLE II LICENCES TO DRIVE ROAD VEHICLES

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

60.1. The requirements relating to learner’s licences, probationary licences, driver’s licences and restricted licences are intended to ensure that authorization to drive is granted only to persons possessing the proficiency and attitudes of care necessary for the safety of the public.

1996, c. 56, s. 10.

61. The Société shall issue the following licences to drive road vehicles: learner’s licences, probationary licences, driver’s licences and restricted licences.

The holder of a licence cannot be required to produce his licence except where so required by a peace officer or by the Société for the purposes of highway safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 61; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 26; 1995, c. 6, s. 1.

62. The Société may, on the conditions and for the purposes it determines, authorize the organizations it designates to certify driving schools.

1986, c. 91, s. 62; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 11.

63. Licences shall contain the information prescribed by regulation and, with the exception of restricted licences, are valid for the period prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 63.

63.1. Driver’s licences and probationary licences shall bear the signature of the holder as well as a photograph of the holder that meets the standards prescribed by regulation. Such licences shall be issued in plastic form.

However, the Société may, according to the category and class of a licence, in the circumstances and on the conditions determined by regulation, issue a licence that does not bear the photograph or signature of the holder or that is in paper form.

1995, c. 6, s. 2.

64. The Société may attach conditions to a licence in the cases prescribed and according to the criteria established by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 64; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

CHAPTER II SPECIAL PROVISIONS RESPECTING LEARNER’S LICENCES, PROBATIONARY LICENCES AND DRIVER’S LICENCES

1990, c. 83, s. 27.

DIVISION I ISSUE OF LICENCES

65. No person may drive a road vehicle on a public highway, on a highway under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles, on a private road open to public vehicular traffic or on land occupied by shopping centres or other land where public traffic is allowed unless he holds a driver’s licence of the class appropriate to the driving of that vehicle as determined by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 65; 1996, c. 56, s. 12; 1998, c. 40, s. 61.

65.1. (Repealed).

1990, c. 83, s. 28; 1996, c. 56, s. 13.

66. A person applying for a licence to drive a road vehicle, except a licence of a class determined by regulation, must have held a learner’s licence for the period fixed by regulation. The period may vary according to the class of licence.

In addition, every person applying for a driver’s licence who is under 25 years of age, except a person applying for a licence to drive a moped, must have held a probationary licence for the period fixed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 66; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 29; 1996, c. 56, s. 14.

67. To obtain a licence, a person, unless exempted by regulation, must pass the proficiency examinations of the Société, which shall establish the formalities, procedures and content relating to each class of licence.

The person must be at least 14 years of age in the case of a licence to drive a moped exclusively and 16 years of age in other cases.

1986, c. 91, s. 67; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 30.

68. A minor applying for a licence must furnish to the Société the written consent of the person having parental authority or, failing such a person, the consent of the person having legal custody of the minor.

The first paragraph does not apply to a minor if he is emancipated or engaged in trade, provided that he proves his status.

1986, c. 91, s. 68; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

69. To obtain or renew a licence, a person must satisfy the conditions and comply with the formalities established by regulation, and, except in the cases prescribed by regulation, pay the Société the fees fixed by regulation. He must also, to obtain a licence, except in the cases prescribed by regulation, pay the Société the duties fixed by regulation and revalorized, where applicable, in accordance with section 151.4 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25) and the insurance contribution fixed pursuant to sections 151 and 151.2 of that Act and revalorized, where applicable, in accordance with section 151.4 of that Act.

Notwithstanding the first paragraph, where a person is applying for his learner’s licence only for the duration of the practical session of his proficiency examination, he is not required to pay the amounts prescribed in the first paragraph.

1986, c. 91, s. 69; 1987, c. 94, s. 8; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 31; 1993, c. 57, s. 7; 1995, c. 6, s. 3.

69.1. The Société may, with the approval of the Minister of Transport, appoint, on the conditions it establishes, persons it shall authorize to collect on its behalf the amounts prescribed in section 93.1 as well as to carry out any operation it indicates, and determine the amount and mode of remuneration of those persons.

1988, c. 68, s. 1; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 32.

70. To have the class of his licence changed or to have another class added to it, a person must meet the conditions for obtaining a licence of the class he is applying for.

1986, c. 91, s. 70.

71. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 71; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 33; 1996, c. 56, s. 15.

72. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 72; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 34; 1996, c. 56, s. 15.

73. The Société may require a person applying for a licence or for the renewal of a licence, to have the class of his licence changed or to have another class added to it, or to have a condition appearing on his licence removed, to undergo a medical examination or health assessment by such medical specialist or other health professional as the Société may designate by name. The person must, where so required by the Société, submit to it a report of the examination or assessment within the time it indicates, which may in no case exceed 90 days.

In addition, the Société may require that the examination or assessment be carried out in a hospital centre or in a rehabilitation centre it designates by name or that belongs to the class it specifies among the classes established by section 86 of the Act respecting health services and social services (chapter S-4.2).

The Société may also require that a person applying for the removal of a condition appearing on his licence undergo a proficiency examination.

1986, c. 91, s. 73; 1987, c. 94, s. 9; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 16.

74. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 74; 1988, c. 68, s. 2.

75. A person who has not been authorized to drive a road vehicle for three years or longer must pass the proficiency examinations prescribed by section 67 to obtain a driver’s licence.

1986, c. 91, s. 75; 1995, c. 6, s. 4.

76. No licence may be issued to a person whose licence has been cancelled or whose right to obtain a licence has been suspended following a conviction for an offence referred to in section 180, until one, two or three years have elapsed since the date of the cancellation or suspension, according to whether, in the five years preceding the cancellation or suspension, the person incurred no cancellation or suspension, one cancellation or suspension, or more than one cancellation or suspension under that section.

Where a conviction is followed by an order prohibiting the driving of a road vehicle made under subsection 1 or 2 of section 259 of the Criminal Code (Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, chapter C-46) for a period that exceeds the period applicable under the first paragraph, the applicable period shall be the period established in the order.

If the offence giving rise to the cancellation or suspension is an offence referred to in subparagraph 4 of the first paragraph of section 180, the following additional conditions apply to the issue of a new licence:

(1)  where, during the five years preceding the cancellation or suspension, the person incurred no cancellation or suspension under subparagraph 4 of the first paragraph of section 180, the person must have successfully completed an educational program accredited by the Minister of Public Security, that is designed to promote drivers’ awareness of the problems related to alcohol or drug consumption;

(2)  where, during the five years preceding the cancellation or suspension, the person incurred one or more cancellation or suspension under subparagraph 4 of the first paragraph of section 180, the person must have undergone an assessment establishing, to the satisfaction of the Société, that the person’s behaviour in relation to alcohol or drug consumption is compatible with the safe operation of a road vehicle of the class applied for. The assessment must have been carried out by a duly authorized person working in a rehabilitation centre for persons suffering from alcoholism or drug addiction or in a hospital centre having a rehabilitation service for such persons. The person must submit the report of the assessment to the Société during the three months preceding the issue of the licence.

A person whose licence has been cancelled or whose right to obtain a licence has been suspended following a conviction for an offence referred to in subparagraph 4 of the first paragraph of section 180 may, once no longer subject to an order of prohibition from driving made under subsection 1 or 2 of section 259 of the Criminal Code, be authorized to drive a road vehicle under a restricted licence if the vehicle is equipped with a device, approved by the Société, that is designed to ascertain the presence of alcohol in the driver’s body and to prevent the vehicle from being started.

The holder of a restricted licence must, where so required by the Société, submit the data collected by the device. The Société shall establish the conditions for the use of the device; it must cancel the licence of a person who fails to comply with the conditions of use.

1986, c. 91, s. 76; 1988, c. 68, s. 3; 1996, c. 56, s. 17.

76.1. A restricted licence issued under section 76 is valid from the date of issue until the date on which the waiting period referred to in that section expires.

1996, c. 56, s. 18.

76.2. The holder of a restricted licence issued under section 76 who drives a road vehicle that is not equipped with the device referred to in that section or who does not comply with the conditions on which the device is to be used is deemed to drive while disqualified within the meaning of section 106.1.

1996, c. 56, s. 18.

76.3. No restricted licence may be issued under section 76 if the licence cancelled is a learner’s licence.

1996, c. 56, s. 18.

76.4. Sections 69, 93, 95 to 98 and 102 to 104, adapted as required, apply to the restricted licence referred to in section 76.

1996, c. 56, s. 18.

77. In the cases provided for in section 76, if the person has incurred a suspension under section 192, no licence may be issued to him before the end of the suspension period referred to in section 192 or 193.

1986, c. 91, s. 77.

78. Where the class of a person’s licence authorizing him to drive a taxi has been cancelled or the person’s right to obtain a licence of that class has been suspended following conviction for a criminal offence related to the business of transportation by taxi, he may obtain from the Société a licence of a class other than that authorizing him to drive a taxi.

1986, c. 91, s. 78; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

79. A person whose licence has been cancelled or whose right to obtain a licence has been suspended following the accumulation of demerit points must, to obtain a licence, comply with the conditions and formalities established by regulation.

No licence may be issued to the person from the date his licence is cancelled or his right to obtain a licence is suspended until the lapse of a period of

(1)  three months if the person incurred no cancellation or suspension during the two years preceding that date;

(2)  six months if the person incurred only one cancellation or suspension during the two years preceding that date;

(3)  one year if the person incurred more than one cancellation or suspension during the two years preceding that date.

1986, c. 91, s. 79.

80. In the cases provided for in section 79, if the person has incurred a suspension under section 192 no licence may be issued to him before the end of the suspension period referred to in section 192 or 193.

1986, c. 91, s. 80.

80.1. A person whose licence has been cancelled or whose right to obtain a licence has been suspended pursuant to section 187.1 must, to obtain a licence, comply with the conditions and formalities established by regulation.

No licence may be issued to that person from the date of cancellation of his licence or suspension of his right to obtain a licence until the lapse of

(1)  a period of three months if the person, during the two years preceding that cancellation or suspension, incurred no other cancellation or suspension;

(2)  a period of six months if the person, during the two years preceding that cancellation or suspension, incurred only one cancellation or suspension;

(3)  a period of one year if the person had, during the two years preceding that cancellation or suspension, incurred more than one other cancellation or suspension.

1987, c. 94, s. 10; 1990, c. 83, s. 35.

80.2. In the cases provided for in section 80.1, if the person has incurred a suspension under section 192, no licence may be issued to him before the end of the suspension period referred to in section 192 or 193.

1987, c. 94, s. 10.

80.3. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 10; 1998, c. 40, s. 62.

80.4. In the cases provided for in section 80.3, if the person has incurred a suspension under section 192 no licence may be issued to him before the end of the suspension period imposed under section 192 or 193.

1987, c. 94, s. 10.

81. The Société may refuse to issue a licence or to change the class of or add another class to a licence if the applicant

(1)  refuses to undergo a medical examination or health assessment under section 73 or 76 or fails to submit the report of such an examination or assessment to it;

(2)  according to a report of an examination or assessment carried out under section 73 or 76 or a report referred to in section 603, suffers from an illness or deficiency or is in a condition which under the medical or health standards prescribed by regulation is relatively inconsistent with the driving of a road vehicle corresponding to the class of licence applied for;

(3)  according to the report of an examination or assessment carried out under section 73 or 76 or a report referred to in section 603, suffers from an illness or deficiency or is in a condition not convered by the medical or health standards prescribed by regulation but which, in the opinion of a member of the Comité consultatif sur la santé des conducteurs, is incompatible with the driving of a road vehicle corresponding to the class of licence applied for;

(4)  refuses to undergo or fails a proficiency examination;

(5)  is indebted to the Société in respect of the amounts prescribed in any of sections 21, 31.1, 69 and 93.1 or in respect of the fee exigible for the issue of a certificate of mechanical inspection or an inspection sticker.

1986, c. 91, s. 81; 1987, c. 94, s. 11; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 36; 1996, c. 56, s. 19.

82. The Société may refuse to remove a condition appearing on a licence if the holder

(1)  refuses to undergo a medical examination or health or behaviour assessment under section 73 or fails to submit the report of such an examination or assessment to it;

(2)  according to a report of an examination or assessment carried out under section 73, still suffers from the illness or deficiency or is still in the condition which led the Société to attach the condition to his licence;

(3)  refuses to undergo a proficiency examination or fails it.

1986, c. 91, s. 82; 1987, c. 94, s. 12; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 20.

83. The Société must refuse to issue a licence or to change the class of or add another class to a licence if the applicant

(1)  does not meet the requirements for the issue of a licence of the class applied for;

(2)  according to a report of an examination or assessment carried out under section 73 or 76 or a report referred to in section 603, suffers from an illness or deficiency or is in a condition which, under the medical or health standards established by regulation, is essentially inconsistent with the driving of a road vehicle corresponding to the class of licence applied for;

(3)  is under a prohibition to operate a motor vehicle, or has incurred the cancellation or suspension of his licence or class of that licence or the suspension of his right to obtain a licence or class of licence that is in effect or imposed and not yet in effect, including those incurred under a law of Canada, of another province or territory of Canada or under a law of a State of the United States;

(4)  does not comply with the conditions and formalities referred to in sections 76, 79, 80.1 and 80.3;

(5)  does not meet the requirement set out in the second paragraph of section 67;

(6)  refuses to provide a photograph that meets the standards prescribed by regulation or to be photographed by the Société or to affix his signature, in the manner indicated by the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 83; 1988, c. 68, s. 4; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 37; 1995, c. 6, s. 5; 1996, c. 56, s. 21.

83.1. Notwithstanding paragraph 2 of section 83, the Société may issue a licence, change its class or add another class to it if the applicant establishes to the satisfaction of the Société

(1)  that he has developed compensatory abilities enabling him to drive a road vehicle corresponding to the class of the licence applied for without constituting a hazard to public safety; or

(2)  that he can drive a road vehicle corresponding to the class of the licence applied for by complying with conditions related to his functional capability which enable him to drive the vehicle without constituting a hazard to public safety.

1990, c. 83, s. 38.

84. The Société must refuse to issue a licence to a person in whose respect it has received a notice under article 364 of the Code of Penal Procedure (chapter C-25.1).

The refusal to issue a licence shall be maintained until notice is received by the Société under article 365 of the said Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 84; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 4, s. 213.

DIVISION II RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF NON-RESIDENTS

85. A non-resident may drive a road vehicle for a period of not over six consecutive months without holding a licence issued by the Société if he meets the following requirements:

(1)  he holds a valid driver’s licence issued by another administrative authority which grants the same right to residents of Québec;

(2)  the driver’s licence issued by that other administrative authority authorizes him to drive a vehicle of the class of vehicles he drives in Québec;

(3)  he respects the conditions attached to the driver’s licence he holds;

(4)  his right to obtain a licence or a class of licence issued by the Société has not been suspended.

1986, c. 91, s. 85; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 39.

86. A foreign student, coopérant or trainee staying in Québec may drive a passenger vehicle during his period of studies or training without holding a licence issued by the Société if he meets the requirements of section 85.

1986, c. 91, s. 86; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

87. A non-resident whose main occupation is driving a road vehicle and who drives a road vehicle in Québec is exempt from the obligation of obtaining a licence from the Société if he holds a valid driver’s licence issued by another administrative authority authorizing him to drive the road vehicle that he is driving in Québec.

1986, c. 91, s. 87; 1987, c. 94, s. 13; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

88. Notwithstanding sections 85 and 86, a non-resident holding an International Driver’s Permit may, while it is valid, drive the road vehicles he is authorized to drive by the licence on the basis of which the International Driver’s Permit was issued to him.

1986, c. 91, s. 88.

89. A person holding a valid driver’s licence issued by another administrative authority may, within 90 days of settling in Québec, drive a passenger vehicle in Québec without obtaining a licence from the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 89; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

90. A person holding a valid driver’s licence issued in Canada by another administrative authority may, if he settles in Québec, exchange that licence, without an examination, for a driver’s licence issued by the Société, on payment of the duties and fee prescribed by regulation and the amount fixed under section 151 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Société may require that the holder undergo an examination where the exchanged licence is a licence authorizing him to drive a commercial vehicle, an emergency vehicle, a taxi, a bus or a minibus.

1986, c. 91, s. 90; 1987, c. 94, s. 14; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

Not in force

90.1. The Société may, on payment of the duties and fee fixed by regulation and of the insurance contribution fixed under sections 151 and 151.2 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25), issue a driver’s licence to the holder of a driver’s licence issued by another administrative authority in Canada or the United States which has been expired for less than three years, if that holder settles in Québec and is not under a prohibition to operate a motor vehicle, or has not incurred cancellation or suspension of his licence or class of licence or suspension of his right to obtain a licence or class of licence that is in effect or imposed and yet to be in effect, including any under a law of Canada, of another province or a territory of Canada or under a law of a State of the United States.

However, the Société may require that the holder undergo an examination where the licence applied for is a licence giving authorization to drive a commercial vehicle, an emergency vehicle, a taxi, a bus or a minibus.

1990, c. 83, s. 41.

91. A person holding a valid driver’s licence issued outside Canada may, if he settles in Québec, exchange that licence for a driver’s licence issued by the Société provided he passes the proficiency examination and pays the duties and fee fixed by regulation and the amount fixed under section 151 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25).

Notwithstanding the first paragraph, a person holding a valid driver’s licence issued in a country other than the United States is not required to surrender the licence issued in his country of origin.

A person holding a valid driver’s licence or a licence that expired less than three years previously, or who previously held a driver’s licence issued in Québec, is exempted from the proficiency examination.

Furthermore, the Société may, on the conditions it determines, exempt a person holding a valid driver’s licence from the proficiency examination if the licence was issued by an administrative authority outside Canada that applies standards for the issue of licences that are similar to those applied in Québec.

1986, c. 91, s. 91; 1987, c. 94, s. 15; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 22.

92. Upon proof that they are registered at the Ministère des Relations internationales and hold a valid driver’s licence issued by their country of origin or the country of their former posting, the following persons, if they are not Canadian citizens and do not carry on any business nor hold any position or employment in Québec apart from their duties with the government or agency they represent, may without an examination and for the duration of their assignment obtain a driver’s licence from the Société corresponding to the licence they hold upon payment of the fee fixed by regulation and the insurance contribution fixed under sections 151 and 151.2 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25):

(1)  any member of a diplomatic mission or consular corps, other than service personnel members;

(2)  the trade representative of a country and his deputy;

(3)  any employee of an international government organization recognized by the Gouvernement du Québec and any member of a representation of a State which is a recognized member of that organization other than service personnel members;

(4)  (paragraph repealed);

(5)  an employee of a non-governmental international organization recognized by the Gouvernement du Québec;

(6)  the spouse of a person referred to in paragraphs 1 to 3 and 5 and any dependent child 18 years of age or over residing with such a person.

1986, c. 91, s. 92; 1988, c. 41, s. 87; 1988, c. 68, s. 5; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 43; 1994, c. 15, s. 33; 1996, c. 21, s. 70.

92.0.1. In the cases provided for in sections 90 to 92, the licence issued by the Société is a probationary licence if the applicant is under 25 years of age and has held a valid driver’s licence for less than two years.

1990, c. 83, s. 44; 1996, c. 56, s. 23.

92.1. No non-resident who has failed to pay, within the prescribed time, a fine imposed for an infringement of this Code may drive a road vehicle in Québec.

1987, c. 94, s. 16.

DIVISION III CONDITIONS ATTACHED TO LICENCES

93. A licence issued in paper form must be signed by the holder.

All licences must bear the identifying mark of the Société or the signature of a person authorized by the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 93; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1995, c. 6, s. 6.

93.1. The holder of a driver’s licence must, at the intervals prescribed by regulation, pay the Société the fees fixed by regulation, the duties fixed by regulation and revalorized, where applicable, in accordance with section 151.4 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25) and the insurance contribution fixed pursuant to section 151 of that Act and revalorized, where applicable, in accordance with section 151.4 of that Act within the period determined by regulation. If the holder fails to make the required payments within that period, he may not, from the first day following the day on which that period expires and without further notice from the Société, drive any road vehicle.

The holder of a probationary licence must, before his licence expires, pay the sums referred to in section 69 to obtain his first driver’s licence or advise the Société that he does not intend to apply for a driver’s licence.

The holder of a driver’s licence who, within the period determined by regulation, requests that his licence be cancelled or advises the Société that he does not intend to apply for its renewal is not required to pay the sums referred to in the first paragraph.

A person who has failed to comply with the first or second paragraph and applies to the Société, during the period corresponding to the payment of the sums referred to in the first or second paragraph, for the issue of his first driver’s licence, the renewal of his driver’s licence or authorization to resume driving road vehicles, must pay those sums and the additional fees prescribed by regulation, in accordance with the terms and conditions prescribed by regulation.

1990, c. 83, s. 45; 1993, c. 57, s. 8; 1995, c. 6, s. 7.

94. No person may hold more than one learner’s licence, more than one probationary licence or more than one driver’s licence of the same class issued by the Société.

No person may at the same time hold a learner’s licence and a probationary licence of the same class issued by the Société.

No person may at the same time hold a learner’s licence and a driver’s licence of the same class issued by the Société.

No person may at the same time hold a probationary licence and a driver’s licence of the same class issued by the Société.

Except in the cases and on the conditions prescribed by regulation,

(1)  no person holding a driver’s licence issued by the Société may at the same time hold a valid driver’s licence issued by another administrative authority in Canada;

(2)  no person holding a valid driver’s licence issued by another administrative authority in Canada may, when driving a road vehicle in Québec, hold more than one valid driver’s licence issued by an administrative authority in Canada;

(3)  no person holding a driver’s licence issued by the Société may at the same time hold a valid driver’s licence issued by an administrative authority in the United States;

(4)  no person holding a valid driver’s licence issued by another administrative authority in Canada may, when driving a road vehicle in Québec, at the same time hold a valid driver’s licence issued by an administrative authority in the United States;

(5)  no person holding a valid driver’s licence issued by an administrative authority in the United States may, when driving a road vehicle in Québec, at the same time hold a valid driver’s licence issued by another administrative authority in the United States.

1986, c. 91, s. 94; 1987, c. 94, s. 17; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 46.

95. The holder of a licence must inform the Société, on making payment of amounts required to be paid under section 93.1, of any change concerning the documents and information which must be provided on obtaining or renewing a licence.

He must also inform the Société of any such changes within 30 days after the change.

1986, c. 91, s. 95; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 47.

96. No person may permit the use of his licence by another person.

No person may use a licence issued to another person.

1986, c. 91, s. 96.

97. The person driving a road vehicle or having the care or control of a road vehicle must carry a licence.

This section applies on highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles, on private roads open to public vehicular traffic and on land occupied by shopping centres or other land where public traffic is allowed, as well as on public highways.

1986, c. 91, s. 97; 1996, c. 56, s. 24; 1998, c. 40, s. 63.

98. The holder of a licence must comply with the conditions attached to his licence.

1986, c. 91, s. 98.

99. The holder of a learner’s licence must, when driving a road vehicle other than a moped or a motorcycle, be assisted by a person who has held, for at least two years, a valid driver’s licence authorizing the driving of the vehicle. The person must be seated beside the holder of the learner’s licence, and be in a position to give him assistance and advice.

The person assisting the holder of the learner’s licence must carry his driver’s licence with him.

1986, c. 91, s. 99; 1996, c. 56, s. 25.

100. The holder of a learner’s licence must, when driving a motorcycle, be accompanied by a person on a separate motorcycle, who has held, for at least two years, a valid driver’s licence authorizing the driving of a motorcycle and who is able to provide assistance and advice.

The holder of the learner’s licence may not carry any passengers.

1986, c. 91, s. 100; 1996, c. 56, s. 26.

101. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 101; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 27.

102. Every person referred to in sections 97 and 100 must surrender his licence for inspection at the request of a peace officer.

The peace officer must return the licence to its holder as soon as he has inspected it.

1986, c. 91, s. 102.

103. The holder of an illegible or damaged licence or of a licence containing inaccurate information shall request the Société to replace it.

1986, c. 91, s. 103; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 48.

104. Upon proof that a licence is illegible or damaged or has been destroyed, lost or stolen or that it contains false information, the Société shall replace it upon payment of the fee fixed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 104; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 49.

105. No person under a sanction may drive a road vehicle even if he holds a valid driver’s licence issued by another administrative authority or an International Driver’s Permit.

However, the holder of a restricted licence may, subject to section 195.1, drive a road vehicle to carry on his principal means of livelihood.

1986, c. 91, s. 105; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1993, c. 42, s. 1; 1996, c. 56, s. 28.

106. The owner or lessee of a road vehicle or the person having the control of a road vehicle may not allow the vehicle to be driven by a person who is not the holder of a licence of the appropriate class for driving the vehicle or by a person under a sanction, even if the latter is the holder of a valid driver’s licence issued by another administrative authority or of an International Driver’s Permit.

However, he may allow the latter to drive the vehicle if that person is, subject to section 195.1, the holder of a restricted licence and drives the vehicle to carry on his principal means of livelihood.

1986, c. 91, s. 106; 1993, c. 42, s. 2; 1996, c. 56, s. 29.

106.1. For the purposes of sections 105 and 106, the term “sanction” means the cancellation or suspension of the licence authorizing the driving of a road vehicle or of a class of such a licence and the suspension of the right to obtain such a licence or such a class. It includes the cancellation and suspension pronounced by any administrative authority other than the Société.

1993, c. 42, s. 3.

107. A person whose licence or a class thereof has been suspended or cancelled must, at the request of the Société, return his licence to the Société on the date the suspension or cancellation takes effect or on any later date fixed by the Société.

The Société may request a peace officer to confiscate the licence of any person who refuses or omits to comply with that requirement. The person must immediately remit his licence to the peace officer who requests him to do so and informs him of the reasons therefor.

The Société may also require the surrender of any other licence issued by another administrative authority.

1986, c. 91, s. 107; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 50.

108. The Société shall advise the holder of a licence issued in plastic form that bears his photograph but whose classes or conditions do not correspond to those fixed in his regard that he must have the licence replaced within the time indicated by the Société.

The replacement is, in the cases determined by regulation, subject to the payment of the fees fixed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 108; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1995, c. 6, s. 8.

109. The Société may require the holder of a licence to undergo an examination or assessment referred to in section 67 or 73 where

(1)  he has reached 70 years of age;

(2)  his licence authorizes him to drive a commercial vehicle, an emergency vehicle, a taxi, a bus or a minibus;

(3)  he has not undergone an examination for 10 years;

(4)  it has reasonable grounds to require that the state of his health or his performance as a driver be evaluated;

(5)  he has not been authorized to drive a road vehicle for three years or longer.

1986, c. 91, s. 109; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1995, c. 6, s. 9; 1996, c. 56, s. 30.

DIVISION IV DEMERIT POINTS

110. This division applies to every person who is convicted of an offence for which demerit points are prescribed, including a person deemed to be convicted of such an offence.

1986, c. 91, s. 110; 1992, c. 61, s. 131.

111. The Société shall administer a system of demerit points prescribed by regulation, under which the cancellation of a licence or the suspension of the right to obtain a licence may be incurred.

Demerit points shall be prescribed

(1)  for an offence against a provision of this Code;

(2)  for an offence the description of which corresponds to an offence against a provision of this Code and which is in violation of

(a)  a by-law in force in a municipality;

(b)  an Act of Canada other than the Criminal Code (Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, chapter C-46), or a regulation of Canada in the case of an offence committed in a territory under the jurisdiction of the Government of Canada.

1986, c. 91, s. 111; 1987, c. 94, s. 18; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 132.

112. The collector of fines, the clerk of a court, the clerk, secretary or secretary-treasurer of a municipality, the Attorney General or the director of a police department, as the case may be, shall inform the Société of any conviction in respect of which demerit points are prescribed.

The same applies to a person who accepts payment for an offence which, under this Code, entails the entry of demerit points.

1986, c. 91, s. 112; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 133.

113. Upon being informed of a conviction in accordance with section 112 or from the time it is in possession of such a judgment or proof thereof, the Société shall open a file, which it shall keep up to date, and enter therein the number of demerit points which corresponds to the offence committed.

1986, c. 91, s. 113; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 134.

114. As soon as the total number of demerit points entered in a person’s file attains the prescribed number, the Société shall send a notice to the person concerned, at the last address received by the Société, informing him of the number of points entered in his file and reminding him of its powers of cancellation and suspension.

1986, c. 91, s. 114; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

115. Failure by the Société to give the notice referred to in section 114 does not nullify a notice given subsequently nor does it prevent the Société from subsequently exercising any power or duty under this division, under Chapter III and under Title V.

1986, c. 91, s. 115; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

116. The number of demerit points entered by the Société in a person’s file becomes nil two years from the date of the judgment of conviction.

1986, c. 91, s. 116; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 135.

117. Whenever the Société renders a decision under section 185 or 191.2, it shall annul, in the file of the person concerned, a number of points equal to the number that justified the decision; the points most recently entered that are in excess of that number remain in the file.

1986, c. 91, s. 117; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 51.

CHAPTER III RESTRICTED LICENCE AUTHORIZING THE DRIVING OF A ROAD VEHICLE TO CARRY ON A PRINCIPAL MEANS OF LIVELIHOOD

1996, c. 56, s. 31.

118. A restricted licence may be issued by the Société to a person whose driver’s licence has been cancelled under section 185 or whose probationary licence has been suspended under section 191.2, by order of a judge of the Court of Québec, if the person proves to the judge that he must drive a road vehicle to carry on his principal means of livelihood.

1986, c. 91, s. 118; 1988, c. 21, s. 66; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 52.

119. The order directing that a restricted licence be issued falls within the jurisdiction of a judge in chambers and must be applied for by a motion to the court of the domicile or establishment of the applicant and served on the Société at least ten days before the date fixed for its presentation.

The clerk and the clerk’s staff must assist the person in the drafting of the motion if he so requests.

1986, c. 91, s. 119; 1987, c. 94, s. 20; 1988, c. 21, s. 75; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

120. Where a motion is served on it pursuant to section 119, the Société shall transmit to the court, before the date fixed for the presentation of the motion, any information held by it in respect of the applicant regarding the application of section 121.

1986, c. 91, s. 120; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

121. No order directing that a restricted licence be issued may be given nor any restricted licence issued if

(1)  within the two years preceding the cancellation or suspension giving rise to the application for a restricted licence, the applicant’s driver’s licence was cancelled or suspended or his right to obtain a licence was suspended following a conviction for an offence under any of the provisions of the Criminal Code (Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, chapter C-46) referred to in section 180 or following the accumulation of demerit points, unless a pardon was obtained;

(2)  at the time of application, the applicant’s licence or his right to obtain a licence is under a suspension which is in effect or is imposed but has yet to take effect;

(3)  the sanction giving rise to an application for a restricted licence is not a driver’s licence cancellation imposed pursuant to section 185 or a suspension of the probationary licence imposed pursuant to section 191.2;

(4)  (paragraph repealed);

(5)  a restricted licence would authorize the driving of a road vehicle that the applicant’s licence did not authorize him to drive;

(6)  the reason invoked to obtain a restricted licence is related to the business of transportation by taxi and, at the time of presentation of the motion, the class of the applicant’s licence authorizing the driving of a taxi is cancelled or his right to obtain a licence of that class is suspended following a conviction for an indictable offence related to the business of transportation by taxi;

(7)  the licence cancelled is a learner’s licence.

1986, c. 91, s. 121; 1990, c. 83, s. 53.

122. A restricted licence is valid from the date of its issue to the date of the end of the period which follows the cancellation or suspension giving rise to the issue of the restricted licence and during which its holder is not entitled to obtain a new driver’s licence or probationary licence.

1986, c. 91, s. 122; 1990, c. 83, s. 54.

123. A decision rendered pursuant to sections 118 to 121 is final and without appeal.

1986, c. 91, s. 123.

124. If, when an order directing that a restricted licence be issued is received by the Société, section 121 is applicable to the person referred to in the order, or if, between the date fixed for presenting his application and the date of issue of the restricted licence, the person’s right to obtain a licence is under a suspension which is in effect or imposed but has yet to take effect, the Société must so inform the judge who made the order. The judge may then revise his order after giving the applicant the opportunity of presenting his views.

1986, c. 91, s. 124; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 55.

125. The holder of a restricted licence who drives a road vehicle otherwise than to carry on his principal means of livelihood is presumed to be driving while his licence is cancelled or suspended within the meaning of section 105.

1986, c. 91, s. 125; 1990, c. 83, s. 56.

126. Sections 93, 95 to 98 and 102 to 104 apply, adapted as required, to a restricted licence.

1986, c. 91, s. 126.

CHAPTER IV

Repealed, 1996, c. 56, s. 32.

1996, c. 56, s. 32.

127. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 127; 1990, c. 83, s. 57; 1990, c. 85, s. 122; 1996, c. 2, s. 214; 1996, c. 56, s. 32.

128. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 128; 1987, c. 94, s. 21; 1990, c. 83, s. 58; 1990, c. 85, s. 122; 1996, c. 2, s. 214; 1996, c. 56, s. 32.

129. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 129; 1990, c. 83, s. 59; 1996, c. 56, s. 32.

130. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 130; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 32.

131. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 131; 1996, c. 56, s. 32.

132. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 132; 1996, c. 56, s. 32.

133. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 133; 1996, c. 56, s. 32.

134. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 134; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 32.

135. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 135; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 32.

136. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 136; 1996, c. 56, s. 32.

CHAPTER V PENAL PROVISIONS

137. Every person who contravenes section 97 or section 103 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $30 to $60.

1986, c. 91, s. 137; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 33.

137.1. Every person who assists the holder of a learner’s licence and who contravenes section 99 or section 100 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $30 to $60.

1996, c. 56, s. 34.

138. Every person who contravenes the first paragraph of section 93 or section 95 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $60 to $100.

1986, c. 91, s. 138; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

139. Every person who contravenes section 98 or the first paragraph of section 102 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1986, c. 91, s. 139; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

140. Every person who contravenes section 96 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

1986, c. 91, s. 140; 1987, c. 94, s. 22; 1988, c. 68, s. 6; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1995, c. 6, s. 10; 1996, c. 56, s. 35.

140.1. Every holder of a learner’s licence who contravenes section 99 or section 100 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

1996, c. 56, s. 36.

141. Every person who contravenes any of sections 65, 92.1, 107 or drives a road vehicle in violation of the first paragraph of section 93.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

1986, c. 91, s. 141; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 60; 1995, c. 6, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 37.

142. Every person who knowingly gives false or misleading information when applying for a licence or when notifying any change referred to in section 95 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

1986, c. 91, s. 142; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 61.

143. Every person who contravenes the first paragraph of section 105 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600 if his licence or right to obtain a licence is cancelled or suspended for a cause other than those referred to in section 180, 185 or 191.2.

1986, c. 91, s. 143; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 38.

143.1. Every person who contravenes the first paragraph of section 105 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000, if his licence or right to obtain a licence is cancelled or suspended on any of the grounds set out in sections 185 and 191.2.

1996, c. 56, s. 39.

144. Every person who contravenes the first paragraph of section 105 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $1,500 to $3,000, if his licence or right to obtain a licence is cancelled or suspended pursuant to section 180.

1986, c. 91, s. 144; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 40.

145. Every person who contravenes section 106 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600 if the driver of the vehicle is liable to the fine prescribed by section 143, $600 to $2,000 if the driver of the vehicle is liable to the fine prescribed by section 143.1, and $1,500 to $3,000 if the driver of the vehicle is liable to the fine prescribed by section 144.

Every operator of a heavy vehicle whose driver is liable to a fine under the first paragraph is also guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1986, c. 91, s. 145; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 41; 1998, c. 40, s. 64.

146. Every person who uses as a document authorizing the driving of road vehicles a document that may be confused with a licence issued by the Société or by another competent administrative authority is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1986, c. 91, s. 146; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

146.1. Every person who contravenes section 94 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1987, c. 94, s. 23; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

146.2. (Repealed).

1990, c. 83, s. 62; 1996, c. 56, s. 42.

147. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 147; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 42.

148. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 148; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 42.

149. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 149; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 42.

150. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 150; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 42.

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

TITLE III SPECIAL OBLIGATIONS OF DEALERS AND RECYCLERS

151. No person may acquire road vehicles for trading purposes unless he holds a dealer’s licence issued by the Société upon payment of the fee and compliance with the conditions and formalities established by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 151; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 43.

152. Every person applying for a dealer’s licence must furnish security to the Société.

Such security guarantees, in the case of the sale by a dealer of the property of a third person, reimbursement of the amount paid to the purchaser by the true owner as a condition for revendication of his road vehicle. The dealer and the surety are solidarily liable for the reimbursement of the amount paid by the true owner.

Such security also guarantees execution of a judgment or of a transaction terminating a civil suit instituted under the Consumer Protection Act (chapter P-40.1), opposing a consumer and the holder of a licence.

The following persons have no remedy against the surety in respect of a road vehicle that has been sold:

(1)  the transferee of a contract of sale of a road vehicle where the contract has a reserve of ownership;

(2)  a road vehicle dealer who has reserved the ownership of a road vehicle that he has sold.

1986, c. 91, s. 152; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 44.

153. Every person whose activity consists in dismantling or selling disused road vehicles, vehicle carcasses, or parts taken from road vehicles that have been dismantled or are destined for dismantling or destruction or for sale for parts only, must be the holder of a recycler’s licence issued by the Société and must pay the fees and comply with the conditions and formalities established by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 153; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 63; 1996, c. 56, s. 45.

154. Every person applying for a recycler’s licence must furnish security to the Société.

Such security guarantees

(1)  to the owner of a stolen road vehicle, sold by the recycler, reimbursement of the price the owner has paid to the buyer of the vehicle in order to recover possession thereof by way of revendication as stolen property;

(2)  to the owner of a stolen road vehicle, dismantled or sold for parts by a recycler, reimbursement, by way of judicial proceedings, of the price of the vehicle, assessed at the time of the theft;

(3)  execution of a judgment or of a transaction terminating a suit instituted under the Consumer Protection Act (chapter P-40.1), opposing a consumer and the holder of a licence.

In the case referred to in subparagraph 1 the recycler and his surety are jointly and severally liable for the reimbursement of the price paid by the owner.

1986, c. 91, s. 154; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

155. Every recycler must keep a register the form and period of retention of which are prescribed by regulation and in which the following information is entered:

(1)  the identification number of every road vehicle he receives, a description of its major components and the identification thereof by means of the identification number of the vehicle or a number referring thereto;

(2)  the description and identification, by means of the identification number of the road vehicle from which it has been removed, of every detached major automobile component he receives;

(3)  the date of acquisition of every road vehicle or major component as well as the name and address of the person from whom it was received;

(4)  the date of sale of every road vehicle and major component sold and the name and address of the purchaser.

For the purposes of this section, “major component” means a major component determined by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 155; 1990, c. 83, s. 64; 1996, c. 56, s. 46.

156. On the request of a peace officer or an employee of the Société specially designated for that purpose, a recycler must allow him to examine, at any reasonable time, his register as well as the road vehicles and major components in his possession.

The employee of the Société must produce a document attesting his capacity.

1986, c. 91, s. 156; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

157. A dealer or recycler who sells a road vehicle assembled by a recycler must give the buyer a certificate of mechanical inspection attesting that the vehicle meets the requirements of this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 157.

158. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 158; 1987, c. 94, s. 24; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 47.

159. The licences issued under this Title must contain the information prescribed by regulation and are valid for the term prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 159; 1987, c. 94, s. 25; 1996, c. 56, s. 48.

160. Any security required under this Title must be deposited in the amount, in the form and according to the terms and conditions prescribed by regulation.

The obligation to furnish security is terminated on the conditions prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 160.

160.1. An association of dealers or recyclers may act as surety for its members, in the form, on the conditions and in the manner prescribed by regulation of the Government. Where such is the case, the association must deposit an amount with a trust company. This amount shall be fixed by the Société.

1990, c. 83, s. 65.

161. The holder of a licence issued under this Title must comply with the conditions attached to his licence as prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 161; 1987, c. 94, s. 26; 1996, c. 56, s. 49.

161.1. Every holder of a dealer’s licence who is authorized to effect the registration of road vehicles must comply with the conditions established by the Société regarding transactions related to registration and the use of temporary registration.

1987, c. 94, s. 27; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

162. The Société must refuse to issue a licence if the dealer or recycler does not meet the conditions subject to which a licence may be issued.

1986, c. 91, s. 162; 1987, c. 94, s. 28; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 50.

163. A person whose licence is suspended must, at the request of the Société, return his licence on the date the suspension becomes effective or on any later date fixed by the Société.

The Société may request that a peace officer confiscate the licence of any person refusing or omitting to comply with this requirement. Such a person must immediately remit his licence to the peace officer who requests him to do so and informs him of the reasons therefor.

1986, c. 91, s. 163; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 66.

CHAPTER II PENAL PROVISIONS

164. Every person who contravenes section 163 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

1986, c. 91, s. 164; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

164.1. Every person who gives false or misleading information when applying for a licence is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1990, c. 83, s. 67.

165. A recycler who fails to keep the register required by section 155 or who fails to enter the information required under that section, or who contravenes section 156, is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1986, c. 91, s. 165; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 51.

166. Every person who contravenes any of sections 151, 153, 157, 161 and 161.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1986, c. 91, s. 166; 1987, c. 94, s. 29; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 52.

TITLE IV OBLIGATIONS IN CASE OF ACCIDENT

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

166.1. This Title applies to accidents occurring on any road or land.

1990, c. 83, s. 68.

167. For the purposes of this Title, an accident is an event during which injury or damage is caused by a moving road vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 167.

168. The driver of a road vehicle involved in an accident must remain at or immediately return to the scene of the accident and render the necessary assistance to any person who has sustained injury or damage.

1986, c. 91, s. 168.

169. If a person has sustained bodily injury during an accident, the driver of a road vehicle involved in the accident must call for a peace officer.

1986, c. 91, s. 169.

170. The driver of a road vehicle involved in an accident must give to the peace officer called to the scene of the accident or to the person having sustained injury or damage, his name and address, the number of his licence, the name and address of the owner entered on the registration certificate of the vehicle, the certificate of insurance or of financial responsibility provided for in the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25), and the number appearing on the registration plate of the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 170.

171. The driver of a road vehicle who is involved in an accident involving an animal weighing over 25 kg, an unattended road vehicle or any other inanimate object must, if the owner of the damaged property or a person representing him cannot be found at the scene of the accident or nearby, communicate immediately with the nearest police station to report the accident and furnish the information provided for in section 170.

1986, c. 91, s. 171.

172. The owner of a road vehicle that has been totally destroyed as the result of an accident must, without delay, notify the Société that his vehicle has been destroyed.

1986, c. 91, s. 172; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

173. Every peace officer who is called to the scene of an accident must inform the Société of the accident within eight days by means of a report the form, content and mode of transmission of which are determined by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 173; 1987, c. 94, s. 30; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

174. Where an accident is not brought to the attention of a peace officer, the obligation to inform the Société of the accident is incumbent on the insurer who is notified of it.

1986, c. 91, s. 174; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

175. Every coroner who has conducted an investigation or an inquest into an accident must send a copy of his report to the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 175; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

176. Except in the cases provided for by regulation, a peace officer or an insurer is not required to make a report to the Société in respect of an accident that caused property damage only and did not give rise to a failure to stop at the scene of an accident.

1986, c. 91, s. 176; 1987, c. 94, s. 31; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 53.

CHAPTER II PENAL PROVISIONS

177. Every person who contravenes section 172 or 174 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1986, c. 91, s. 177; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

178. Every person who contravenes section 170 or 171 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

1986, c. 91, s. 178; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

179. Every person who contravenes section 168 or 169 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1986, c. 91, s. 179; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

TITLE V CANCELLATION AND SUSPENSION

CHAPTER I CANCELLATION OF LICENCES

DIVISION I CRIMINAL OFFENCES

180. Where a person is convicted under the Criminal Code (Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, chapter C-46) of an offence committed with a road vehicle, that person’s learner’s licence, probationary licence or driver’s licence shall be cancelled if the offence is an offence under

(1)  section 220, 221 or 236;

(2)  paragraph a of subsection 1 or subsection 3 or 4 of section 249;

(3)  subsection 1 of section 252;

(4)  section 253, subsection 5 of section 254 or subsection 2 or 3 of section 255.

Upon convicting the person, the judge shall order the confiscation of the licence referred to in the first paragraph so that it may be returned to the Société.

If the person does not hold a learner’s licence, probationary licence or driver’s licence, his right to obtain such a licence is suspended.

1986, c. 91, s. 180; 1988, c. 68, s. 7; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 69; 1996, c. 60, s. 73; 1996, c. 56, s. 54.

181. Every conviction for an offence referred to in section 180 entails a separate and distinct licence cancellation or suspension of the right to obtain a licence.

Notwithstanding the first paragraph, a conviction for more than one offence under section 253, subsection (5) of section 254 or subsection (2) or (3) of section 255 of the Criminal Code (Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, chapter C-46) shall entail only one licence cancellation or only one suspension of the right to obtain a licence where the offences are related to the same event.

1986, c. 91, s. 181; 1988, c. 68, s. 8.

182. The cancellation of a licence or the suspension of the right to obtain a licence provided for in section 181 shall be maintained even if the person convicted of an indictable offence is granted conditional release or absolute discharge.

1986, c. 91, s. 182.

183. Where a person is convicted of an indictable offence related to the business of transportation by taxi, the class of his licence authorizing him to drive a taxi is cancelled and his right to obtain a licence of that class is suspended for five years, unless he has obtained a pardon.

The judge making the conviction shall order the licence confiscated and handed over to the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 183; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

184. Where a person convicted of an indictable offence related to the business of transportation by taxi does not hold a licence of a class authorizing him to drive a taxi, his right to obtain a licence of that class is suspended for five years, unless he has obtained a pardon.

1986, c. 91, s. 184.

DIVISION II DEMERIT POINTS

185. From the time the number of demerit points entered in a person’s file attains or exceeds the number prescribed by regulation, the Société must cancel the person’s driver’s licence or, if he no longer holds a driver’s licence, suspend his right to obtain one.

Where the person holds at the same time a driver’s licence and a learner’s licence of another class and the number of demerit points entered in his file attains or exceeds the number prescribed by regulation, the Société must cancel the driver’s licence and the learner’s licence of that person or, if he no longer holds a driver’s licence or a learner’s licence, suspend his right to obtain such a licence.

1986, c. 91, s. 185; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 70.

DIVISION III OTHER CANCELLATIONS

1988, c. 68, s. 9; 1990, c. 83, s. 71.

186. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 186; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 72.

187. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 187; 1988, c. 68, s. 10.

187.1. From the time the Société considers, within the meaning of section 112, that a person is convicted of an offence under section 94, it must cancel that person’s licences. In addition, if at any time after the date of the offence the person ceases to be the holder of a licence, the Société must suspend his right to obtain a licence.

1987, c. 94, s. 32; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 73.

187.2. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 32; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 74; 1998, c. 40, s. 65.

CHAPTER II PROHIBITION ON PUTTING A ROAD VEHICLE BACK INTO OPERATION AND SUSPENSION OF LICENCES

1990, c. 83, s. 75.

DIVISION I PROHIBITION ON PUTTING A ROAD VEHICLE BACK INTO OPERATION, SUSPENSION OF LEARNER’S LICENCES, PROBATIONARY LICENCES AND DRIVER’S LICENCES

1990, c. 83, s. 76.

188. The Société may prohibit a road vehicle from being put back into operation in cases where

(1)  false or inaccurate information was supplied when registration was applied for or in respect of a change referred to in section 28;

(2)  the owner neglects or refuses to submit the vehicle to a mechanical inspection or to produce the certificate of mechanical inspection issued to him;

(3)  the owner neglects or refuses to furnish to the Société any information requested by the latter pursuant to this Code or a declaration or attestation requested by the Société pursuant to section 96 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25);

(4)  the owner is indebted to the Société with respect to the sums referred to in any of sections 21, 31.1, 69, 93.1 and 209.20 in relation to a cheque without sufficient funds or returned by a financial institution for any other reason or with respect to the fees exigible under paragraphs 4.1, 5 and 10 of section 624;

(4.1)  the owner of the road vehicle has not complied, within 10 days, with the request of the Société or a peace officer to furnish a weighing certificate to establish the vehicle’s net mass;

(5)  the owner has failed to submit his vehicle to mechanical inspection after having been notified to do so by the Société;

(6)  the transferor neglects or omits, upon the transfer of a road vehicle, to pay the sales tax as calculated under the Act respecting the Québec sales tax (chapter T-0.1).

1986, c. 91, s. 188; 1987, c. 94, s. 33; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 77; 1996, c. 56, s. 55; 1998, c. 40, s. 66.

189. The Société must prohibit a road vehicle from being put back into operation in the following cases:

(1)  the Commission des transports du Québec, pursuant to section 35 or 40 of the Transport Act (chapter T-12) or section 27 or 31 of the Act respecting transportation by taxi (chapter T-11.1), orders it to withdraw the registration plate and registration certificate of the vehicle;

(1.1)  the Commission des transports du Québec, in accordance with the Act respecting owners and operators of heavy vehicles (chapter P-30.3), prohibits the heavy vehicles subject to the administrative measure it has taken from being put into operation;

(2)  the owner of the vehicle does not have a liability insurance contract as required under the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25);

(3)  (subparagraph repealed);

(4)  (subparagraph repealed).

The Société must also prohibit an off-highway vehicle from being put back into operation upon receiving the notice referred to in section 45 of the Act respecting off-highway vehicles (chapter V-1.2).

1986, c. 91, s. 189; 1987, c. 94, s. 34; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 78; 1991, c. 55, s. 9; 1996, c. 60, s. 74; 1998, c. 40, s. 67.

190. The Société may suspend a learner’s licence and probationary licence or a driver’s licence or a class of any or several such licences where

(1)  the licence holder refuses to undergo a medical examination or health assessment under section 73 or 76 or fails to submit the report of such an examination or assessement to it;

(2)  according to a report of an examination or assessment carried out under section 73 or 76 or a report referred to in section 603, the licence holder suffers from an illness or deficiency or is in a condition which, under the medical or health standards established by regulation, is relatively inconsistent with the driving of a road vehicle corresponding to one of the licences or one of the classes of licence he holds;

(3)  according to a report of an examination or assessment carried out under section 73 or 76 or a report referred to in section 603, the licence holder suffers from an illness or deficiency or is in a condition not covered by the health and behaviour standards prescribed by regulation but which, in the opinion of a member of the Comité consultatif sur la santé des conducteurs, is incompatible with the driving of a road vehicle corresponding to the class of licence applied for;

(4)  the licence holder refuses to undergo a proficiency examination or fails it;

(5)  the licence holder gave false or inaccurate information when obtaining or renewing his licence or the class applied for or when notifying a change referred to in section 95;

(6)  the licence holder neglects or refuses to provide the Société with information it requires of him pursuant to this Code;

(7)  he is indebted to the Société with respect to the sums referred to in any of sections 21, 31.1, 69, 93.1 and 209.20 in relation to a cheque without sufficient funds or returned by a financial institution for any other reason or with respect to the fees exigible under paragraphs 4.1 and 5 of section 624.

1986, c. 91, s. 190; 1987, c. 94, s. 35; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 79; 1996, c. 56, s. 56.

191. The Société must suspend a learner’s licence and probationary licence or a driver’s licence or a class of any or several such licences where, according to a report of an examination or assessment carried out under section 73 or 76 or a report referred to in section 603, the licence holder suffers from an illness or deficiency or is in a condition which, under the medical or health standards established by regulation, is essentially inconsistent with the driving of a road vehicle corresponding to one of those licences or one of the classes of licence that he holds.

1986, c. 91, s. 191; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 80; 1996, c. 56, s. 57.

191.1. Notwithstanding section 191, the Société may decide not to suspend a licence or a class thereof or may lift such a suspension if the licence holder shows to the satisfaction of the Société

(1)  that he has developed compensatory abilities enabling him to drive a road vehicle corresponding to the licence or the class of licence concerned without constituting a hazard to public safety; or

(2)  that he can drive a road vehicle corresponding to the licence or the class of the licence concerned by complying with conditions related to his functional capability which enable him to drive the said vehicle without constituting a hazard to public safety.

1990, c. 83, s. 81.

191.2. From the time the number of demerit points entered in the record of a person who has never held a driver’s licence or of a person subject to the prohibition set out in section 202.2 equals or exceeds the limit prescribed by a regulation made under paragraph 9.3 of section 619, the Société must suspend, for a period of three months, that person’s learner’s licence, probationary licence or licence authorizing the driving only of a moped, and suspend the person’s right to obtain such a licence for the same period.

1990, c. 83, s. 81; 1996, c. 56, s. 58.

192. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 192; 1987, c. 94, s. 36; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 82; 1996, c. 56, s. 59.

193. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 193; 1987, c. 94, s. 37; 1990, c. 83, s. 83; 1996, c. 56, s. 59.

194. The Société must suspend a person’s learner’s licence and probationary licence or his driver’s licence or, if the person is not the holder of a learner’s licence, probationary licence or driver’s licence, or his right to obtain such a licence where it receives the notice provided for in article 364 of the Code of Penal Procedure (chapter C-25.1).

The suspension remains in force as long as the Société has not received the notice provided for in article 365 of the said Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 194; 1987, c. 94, s. 38; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 4, s. 214; 1990, c. 83, s. 84.

Not in force

194.3. Where the owner of a road vehicle who, in accordance with subparagraph 2 of the first paragraph of section 194, is prohibited from putting into operation or putting back into operation any road vehicle registered in that owner’s name requests and is entitled to reimbursement of the duties, the additional duty, the insurance contribution and the contribution of motorists to public transit that were paid by him or her, the amount of reimbursement shall be applied to the payment of any fines or costs due by the owner according to the order in which notices were received by the Société pursuant to article 364 of the Code of Penal Procedure (chapter C‐25.1).

2003, c. 5, s. 8; 2004, c. 2, s. 17.

195. Where the term of validity of a licence expires before the end of a period of suspension affecting that licence, the right to obtain a licence is then suspended for the unexpired portion of the period of suspension.

1986, c. 91, s. 195; 1990, c. 83, s. 85.

195.1. The Société must suspend a restricted licence issued to a person under section 76 or 118 if, after the date on which it was issued, the person’s right to obtain a licence is under a suspension which is in effect or imposed but has yet to take effect. Such suspension shall remain in effect for as long as the suspension of the right to obtain a licence has not been lifted.

1990, c. 83, s. 86; 1996, c. 56, s. 60.

196. Where the Société is informed that damage amounting to over $500 has been caused in an accident and it is not shown to its satisfaction that the owner of a road vehicle involved in the accident held, at the time of the accident, a liability insurance contract as required under the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25) for that vehicle, except where liability insurance is not required under the said Act, the Société shall suspend the learner’s licence and probationary licence or the driver’s licence of the owner and of the driver of the vehicle or, if they are not holders of a learner’s licence, probationary licence or driver’s licence, their right to obtain such a licence. In addition, it shall prohibit the putting back into operation of any road vehicle registered in the name of either person.

A suspension under the first paragraph must not be imposed or must be cancelled or the prohibition from putting a road vehicle back into operation must not be imposed or must be cancelled where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Société that at the time of the accident, the uninsured vehicle was legally parked, in the possession of a third person who had acquired it by theft or taken it without permission, or in the possession of a third person for storage, repair or transportation or that only the uninsured vehicle or the movable effects it contained sustained damage in the accident.

With respect to the driver and to the owner, a suspension under the first paragraph must not be imposed or must be cancelled or the prohibition from putting a road vehicle back into operation must not be imposed or must be cancelled where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Société that at the time of the accident, the driver was the owner of a road vehicle covered by a contract of liability insurance as required under the Automobile Insurance Act.

1986, c. 91, s. 196; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 87.

197. The Société shall lift the suspension imposed on a person referred to in section 196 and the prohibition from putting back into operation any road vehicle registered in his name if he fulfils either of the following conditions:

(1)  he furnishes a security to the Société in accordance with section 198 to satisfy any judgment that may arise from the accident;

(2)  he furnishes to the Société any satisfactory proof of exoneration, acquittal or agreement to effect payment in regular instalments, in respect of any claim arising or that may arise from the accident, up to the amount applicable.

Where the creditor who is party to the agreement contemplated in the first paragraph notifies the Société that payment by the debtor has been interrupted, the Société must reinstate the suspension and prohibition it had lifted following the agreement.

1986, c. 91, s. 197; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 88.

198. The security to satisfy any judgment arising from the accident must be in an amount considered sufficient to satisfy any claim arising or that may arise from the accident but not exceeding,

(1)  for accidents having occurred between 1 October 1961 and 28 February 1978, the sum of $35,000, in addition to interest and costs, after deducting $200 for third party property damage;

(2)  for accidents having occurred and occurring from 1 March 1978, the amount provided in section 87 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25).

For the purposes of this section, the Société may require an assessment report as to the damage resulting from the accident and determine the form in which security may be furnished to it.

1986, c. 91, s. 198; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

199. Unless otherwise provided in any Act, the person contemplated in section 198 is no longer required to furnish security if

(1)  prescription of the claim has been acquired;

(2)  he has furnished proof of payment of the damages arising from the accident;

(3)  he has been released by final judgment from all liability for the damage resulting from the accident.

1986, c. 91, s. 199; 1999, c. 40, s. 55.

200. Upon receiving a notice to that effect from the creditor concerned, the Société shall suspend the learner’s licence and probationary licence or the driver’s licence or the right to obtain such licences and shall prohibit the putting back into operation of the road vehicle registered in the name of a debtor who has not, within the time prescribed for execution, satisfied a final judgment handed down in Canada

(1)  in the amount of not less than $100 for bodily injury or of more than $200 for third party property damage resulting from an accident that occurred between 1 October 1961 and 28 February 1978;

(2)  in the amount of more than $250 for third party property damage resulting from an accident that occurred between 1 March 1978 and 17 December 1986;

(3)  in the amount of more than $500 for third party property damage resulting from an accident occurring from 18 December 1986.

1986, c. 91, s. 200; 1987, c. 94, s. 39; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 89.

201. The Société shall lift the suspension imposed on any person referred to in section 200 and the prohibition from putting back into operation a road vehicle registered in his name in the following cases:

(1)  for accidents having occurred between 1 October 1961 and 28 February 1978, where the person has satisfied the judgment up to an amount of $35,000 in addition to interest and costs, after deducting up to $200 for third party property damage;

(2)  for accidents having occurred on or after 1 March 1978, where the person has satisfied the judgment up to the amount prescribed in section 87 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25);

(3)  for accidents referred to in subparagraphs 1 and 2, where the person has reached an agreement with his creditor to the satisfaction of the Société, to effect payment in regular instalments.

In the case referred to in subparagraph 3, the Société, on receiving notice from the creditor that payment by the debtor has been interrupted, shall reinstate the suspension it had lifted following the agreement.

1986, c. 91, s. 201; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 90.

202. Where the Société has effected a payment in satisfaction of a judgment, it shall lift the suspension imposed upon any person referred to in section 200 and the prohibition from putting back into operation the road vehicle registered in such a person’s name in the following cases:

(1)  if the person has reimbursed the Société for the total amount paid, with interest;

(2)  if the person has reached an agreement with the Société for effecting payment in regular instalments.

In the case referred to in subparagraph 2, the Société shall reinstate the suspension and prohibition that it had lifted following the agreement if the person interrupts payment.

1986, c. 91, s. 202; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 91.

DIVISION I.1 DRIVING A ROAD VEHICLE WITH ALCOHOL PRESENT IN THE BODY

1996, c. 56, s. 61.

202.1. The suspension of a learner’s licence, probationary licence, driver’s licence or restricted licence under this division is intended to safeguard the licence holder and the public.

1996, c. 56, s. 61.

202.2. The following persons may not drive or have the care or control of a road vehicle if any alcohol is present in their bodies:

(1)  the holder of a learner’s licence or probationary licence who has never held a driver’s licence other than a licence authorizing the driving only of a moped or authorizing the driving only of a farm tractor;

(2)  the holder of a driver’s licence authorizing the driving only of a moped or authorizing the driving only of a farm tractor who is under 25 years of age and has held that licence for less than five years;

(3)  the holder of a restricted licence issued under section 76 or section 118, if the licence was issued as a result of the suspension of a probationary licence.

The prohibition set out in the first paragraph also applies to a person who, without ever having held a driver’s licence other than a licence authorizing the driving only of a moped or authorizing the driving only of a farm tractor, drives or has the care or control of a road vehicle.

1996, c. 56, s. 61.

Not in force

202.2.1. As regards any person other than a person subject to section 202.2, operating or having the care or control of a heavy vehicle, emergency vehicle or taxi with alcohol present in the person’s body is prohibited.

That prohibition does not apply with regard to

(1)  an unmarked emergency vehicle;

(2)  a combination of road vehicles having a net mass in excess of 3,000 kg made up of a passenger vehicle drawing a travel trailer or a tent trailer;

(3)  a motor home; or

(4)  a heavy vehicle having a net mass of 3,000 kg or less on which it is not mandatory to affix an indication of danger plate in compliance with a regulation made pursuant to section 622.

Neither does the prohibition apply to persons who use an emergency vehicle to intervene while not on duty, or to volunteer firefighters.

2002, c. 29, s. 18.

202.3. A peace officer who reasonably suspects the presence of alcohol in the body of a person subject to the prohibition set out in section 202.2 may order that person to provide forthwith such sample of breath as in the opinion of the peace officer is necessary to enable a proper analysis of the breath to be made by means of a screening device approved by the Minister of Public Security and that is designed to ascertain the presence of alcohol in the blood of a person. The device must be maintained and used in accordance with the standards prescribed by regulation by persons who have received the training prescribed by regulation.

For the purpose of enabling the sample to be taken, the peace officer may, by demand made to the person, require the person to accompany him.

1996, c. 56, s. 61.

202.4. The peace officer shall immediately suspend, for a period of 15 days, the licence of

(1)  a person subject to the prohibition set out in section 202.2 who is driving or has the care or control of a road vehicle if a sampling carried out under section 202.3 reveals the presence of alcohol in the person’s body;

(2)  a person driving or having the care or control of a road vehicle, if a sampling by an approved instrument carried out in accordance with the provisions of the Criminal Code (Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, chapter C-46) reveals a concentration of alcohol in the person’s blood that exceeds 80 milligrammes of alcohol in 100 millilitres of blood.

In the case of a person who, during the five years preceding the suspension, incurred a suspension under this section or a suspension or cancellation under section 180, the period of suspension is doubled.

1996, c. 56, s. 61.

202.5. A peace officer may also impose the suspension under section 202.4 on a person who fails to comply with a demand made to him by the peace officer under section 202.3 or section 254 of the Criminal Code (Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, chapter C-46).

1996, c. 56, s. 61.

202.6. Where the period of validity of a licence expires before the end of the period of suspension of the licence, the right to obtain a licence shall be suspended for the duration of the unexpired portion of the period of suspension.

1996, c. 56, s. 61.

202.7. The peace officer must advise the Société of every suspension imposed under this division within the time and in the manner determined by the Société.

1996, c. 56, s. 61.

202.8. Every person who contravenes section 202.2 or who, without reasonable excuse, fails to comply with a demand made to him by a peace officer under section 202.3 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

1996, c. 56, s. 61.

DIVISION II

Repealed, 1996, c. 56, s. 62.

1996, c. 56, s. 62.

203. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 203; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 92; 1996, c. 56, s. 62.

204. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 204; 1987, c. 94, s. 40; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 93; 1996, c. 56, s. 62.

205. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 205; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 62.

206. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 206; 1996, c. 56, s. 62.

DIVISION III DEALER’S LICENCES AND RECYCLER’S LICENCES

207. The Société may suspend the licence of a dealer or recycler

(1)  if the holder of the licence no longer fulfils the conditions attached to the licence;

(2)  on the recommendation of the president of the Office de la protection du consommateur, if the holder of the licence has been convicted of an offence under the Consumer Protection Act (chapter P-40.1), unless a pardon was obtained. The terms and conditions as well as the duration of the suspension shall be fixed after consultation with the president of the Office;

(3)  if the holder of the licence has been convicted of an offence under section 164.1, unless a pardon was obtained. The first suspension shall be for a period of three months; any subsequent suspension shall be for a period of six months;

(4)  if the holder of the licence has been convicted of an offence under section 165 for a contravention of section 155 in relation to the keeping of a register, unless a pardon was obtained. The first suspension shall be for a period of three months; any subsequent suspension shall be for a period of six months;

(5)  on the recommendation of a local municipality, a regional county municipality or an urban community, if the holder of the licence has been convicted of an offence against a zoning by-law or interim control by-law prohibiting the carrying on of business as a dealer or recycler in the places mentioned therein;

(6)  if the holder of the licence provides false or misleading information, falsifies registration documents or fails to declare information relating to a declaration of “total loss” of an imported road vehicle. The holder must satisfy himself that the vehicle has not previously been declared a “total loss” by another administration. The first suspension shall be for a period of three months; any subsequent suspension shall be for a period of six months.

1986, c. 91, s. 207; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 94; 1996, c. 56, s. 63.

208. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 208; 1987, c. 94, s. 41; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 95; 1996, c. 56, s. 64.

209. Where the term of validity of a dealer’s licence or recycler’s licence terminates before the end of the period of suspension applicable to the licence, the right to obtain such a licence is then suspended for the unexpired portion of the period of suspension.

1986, c. 91, s. 209.

CHAPTER III DRIVING WITHOUT A LICENCE OR WHILE DISQUALIFIED

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.1. A peace officer who has reasonable cause to believe that a person is driving a road vehicle without being the holder of a licence prescribed by section 65 may, at the owner’s expense and on behalf of the Société, immediately seize the vehicle and impound it for a period of 30 days.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.2. A peace officer who believes on reasonable grounds that the driver of a road vehicle is under a sanction within the meaning of section 106.1 that relates to the driving of a vehicle of the particular class being driven may, at the owner’s expense and on behalf of the Société, immediately seize and impound the vehicle for a period of 30 days if the sanction was imposed under any of sections 180 or 183 to 185, any of paragraphs 1 to 4 of section 190 or any of sections 191, 191.2, 194, 202.4 and 202.5.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.3. After the road vehicle has been impounded, the peace officer shall prepare a minute of the seizure in the form and tenor determined by the Société.

A copy of the minute of the seizure must be provided to the driver of the vehicle, to the owner if he is present, to the custodian of the impounded vehicle and to the Société where it so requests.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.4. The driver, if he is not the owner of the road vehicle, shall advise the owner of the vehicle of the seizure, without delay, and provide him with a copy of the minute of the seizure.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.5. The peace officer shall advise the Société of every seizure effected under this chapter within the time and in the manner determined by the Société.

If the owner was not present at the time of the seizure, the Société shall advise him of the seizure in the manner set out in the fourth paragraph of section 550.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.6. The owner or driver of a road vehicle seized may recover any personal property present in the vehicle except a radar warning device or personal property attached to or incorporated into the vehicle or used in connection with the operation of the vehicle.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.7. The shipper, owner or operator of a heavy vehicle or owner of the merchandise transported in a road vehicle that is seized may recover the merchandise as well as any trailer, semi-trailer, detachable axle or single-axle towing dolly forming part of a combination of road vehicles that is seized.

1996, c. 56, s. 65; 1998, c. 40, s. 68.

209.8. The owner of a road vehicle seized may not transfer the ownership of the vehicle before the Société has authorized the recovery of the vehicle by its owner pursuant to section 209.15.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.9. The custodian is entitled to retain the road vehicle until all towing and impounding charges have been paid.

Towing charges and daily impounding charges are fixed by regulation.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.10. The person to whom custody of the impounded road vehicle has been entrusted shall act with care and prudence. He may surrender possession of the vehicle only if the conditions set out in section 209.15 are satisfied or after the expiry of the period provided for in section 209.16, but, in the latter case, only with the permission of the Public Curator.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

DIVISION II RELEASE FROM SEIZURE

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.11. The owner of a road vehicle seized may, on the authorization of a judge of the Court of Québec acting in chambers in civil matters, recover his vehicle on the conditions set out in section 209.15,

(1)  if, being the driver of the vehicle, the owner was unaware that he was disqualified; or

(2)  if, not being the driver of the vehicle, the owner

(a)  was unaware that the driver to whom he had entrusted the driving of his vehicle was disqualified or was not the holder of the licence of the class required to drive the vehicle; or

(b)  had not consented to the driver being in possession of the vehicle seized.

The motion for release must be served on the Société with a copy of the minute of the seizure at least two clear days before its presentation to the judge. The motion is heard and decided by preference.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.12. Where a motion is served on it, the Société may plead, before the date fixed for the presentation of the motion, any ground of law or fact which shows that the conclusions of the motion cannot be granted in whole or in part.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.13. The minute prepared by the peace officer may stand in lieu of his testimony if the peace officer attests that he himself ascertained the facts set forth therein. The same applies to the copy of the minute certified true by an authorized person.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.14. The provisions of sections 209.11 to 209.13 shall not be construed as preventing the Société or a person designated by it from authorizing the recovery of a vehicle, on payment of the towing and impounding costs incurred by the custodian, if the owner establishes to the satisfaction of the Société or the designated person that subparagraph 1 or 2 of the first paragraph of section 209.11 applies in his case.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.15. At the end of the period of seizure, the owner may not recover his road vehicle except on payment of the towing and impounding costs incurred by the custodian and on presentation of the authorization furnished by the Société or a person it designates.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.16. If, at the end of five days after the date set for the end of the seizure, the owner of the road vehicle has not furnished to the Société proof that would have enabled it to authorize the owner to recover his vehicle, the Société shall place the vehicle under the provisional administration of the Public Curator.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

DIVISION III DISPOSAL OF THE ROAD VEHICLE BY THE PUBLIC CURATOR

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.17. The Public Curator shall exercise the powers provided for in sections 24 and following of the Public Curator Act (chapter C-81), subject to the provisions that derogate therefrom contained in this division.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.18. The Public Curator shall cause to be published, within seven days of the beginning of his administration, a notice in a newspaper circulated in the locality where the owner of the road vehicle resides or, in the case of a legal person, in the locality where the legal person’s establishment is situated.

The notice shall indicate that the road vehicle has been placed under the administration of the Public Curator, that the vehicle may be recovered by its owner on payment of the fees of and expenses incurred by the Public Curator for the administration of the vehicle and that, from the eleventh day after the date of publication of the notice, the Public Curator will be autorized to sell the vehicle.

The notice shall also indicate the name of the owner of the road vehicle as well as the year, identification number, make and model of the vehicle.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.19. The Public Curator shall pay the towing and impounding costs incurred by the custodian.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.20. Where the owner or any other person entitled to claim the road vehicle exercises his right before the sale of the vehicle by the Public Curator, the vehicle shall be released on payment of the fees of and expenses incurred by the Public Curator.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.21. Where neither the owner nor any other person entitled to claim the road vehicle exercises his right within 10 days from the publication of the notice, the Public Curator may sell the vehicle.

Upon application, the proceeds of the sale shall be remitted to the person who was the owner of the vehicle at the time it was seized or to any other person entitled to claim the road vehicle at the time it was seized, after deduction of the fees of and expenses incurred by the Public Curator. If the owner or the person entitled to claim the vehicle fails to claim the proceeds of the sale, the Public Curator shall transfer the proceeds to the Minister of Finance.

1996, c. 56, s. 65; 1997, c. 80, s. 54.

209.22. Where the fees of the Public Curator together with the towing and impounding costs and other expenses incurred by the Public Curator during a quarter in respect of road vehicles exceed the proceeds from the sale of the vehicles during that quarter, the Société shall in the following quarter pay into the general fund of the Public Curator, according to the terms fixed by agreement, an amount equal to the amount by which the fees and expenses exceed the proceeds of the sale.

The person who owned a road vehicle that has been seized shall be indebted to the Société for the amount paid to the Public Curator by the Société in connection with the vehicle.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

DIVISION IV INDEMNIFICATION BY THE SOCIÉTÉ

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.23. The Société shall be liable for any damage resulting from any wrongful seizure.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

DIVISION V PENAL PROVISIONS

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.24. Every person who contravenes section 209.10 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.25. Every person who requires the payment of charges greater than those established by a regulatory provision under paragraph 50 of section 621 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

209.26. Every person who drives a road vehicle that has been impounded under section 209.1 or 209.2 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1996, c. 56, s. 65.

TITLE VI RULES RESPECTING VEHICLES AND THEIR EQUIPMENT

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

210. Road vehicles, except trailers and semi-trailers whose net mass does not exceed 900 kg, and bicycles must be provided with an identification number affixed by the manufacturer, who must communicate to the Société the components of the numbers affixed to road vehicles.

The Société may also affix an identification number to a road vehicle on payment of the fee and on the conditions established by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 210; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 66.

210.1. Where a vehicle is not provided with an identification number, its owner must request the Société or one of its mandataries to affix an identification number to the vehicle in accordance with the second paragraph of section 210.

1990, c. 83, s. 96.

211. Except with prior approval from the Société, no person may alter, make illegible, erase, replace or remove the identification number of a road vehicle or bicycle.

1986, c. 91, s. 211; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

211.1. No person may sell, lease or place at the disposal of a person for valuable consideration, or offer in any way to sell, lease or place at the disposal of a person for valuable consideration, a new road vehicle of a category subject to the Motor Vehicle Safety Act (Statutes of Canada, 1993, chapter 16), unless the vehicle bears a national safety mark within the meaning of that Act or the compliance label prescribed by that Act.

1996, c. 56, s. 67.

212. In addition to the equipment prescribed in this Title, road vehicles and bicycles must be equipped with any other accessory and equipment required to be installed by the manufacturer under an Act or a regulation in force in Québec.

1986, c. 91, s. 212.

212.1. The Société may require the removal, repair or modification of any equipment on a road vehicle that has not been installed by the manufacturer of the road vehicle if the equipment presents a risk for road users.

1998, c. 40, s. 69.

213. All equipment prescribed in this Code must be kept in good working order at all times.

This section applies, in addition to public highways, to highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles.

1986, c. 91, s. 213; 1998, c. 40, s. 70.

214. Except with prior approval from the Société, no person may

(1)  make, on a road vehicle intended to be operated on a public highway, alterations to the chassis, alterations to the body or to a mechanism if susceptible of reducing the stability or braking capacity of the vehicle or any other alteration that would transform a vehicle into a vehicle of another type;

(2)  make alterations on or to a motor vehicle or combination of road vehicles that does not meet the requirements of the Motor Vehicle Safety Act (Statutes of Canada, 1993, chapter 16) and that is intended to be operated on a public highway for testing purposes.

1986, c. 91, s. 214; 1987, c. 94, s. 42; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 144.

CHAPTER II PROVISIONS RESPECTING VEHICLE LIGHTING DEVICES AND WARNING LIGHTS

214.1. This section does not apply to a combination of road vehicles consisting of trailers or semi-trailers used for agricultural purposes and belonging to a farmer within the meaning of section 16, nor to farm machinery, when such vehicles are drawn by a farm tractor or by another farm vehicle if the warning sign referred to in section 274 is attached at the rear of the combination of road vehicles and the combination of road vehicles does not travel at a rate of speed of less than 40 km/h.

However, the vehicles must be provided with two red reflectors at the rear, one on each side of the vertical centreline and as far apart as practicable.

To the extent that their width exceeds 2.6 metres, the trailers, semi-trailers or other farm machinery referred to in this section are subject to the equipment standards and other traffic rules prescribed by regulation that apply to farm machinery.

1990, c. 83, s. 97; 1996, c. 56, s. 68; 1998, c. 40, s. 71.

215. Every motor vehicle, other than a motorcycle or a moped, must carry at least

(1)  two single or double white headlights, at the same height, one on each side of the vertical centreline and as far apart as practicable;

(2)  two amber or white parking lights, on the front, at the same height, one on each side of the vertical centreline and as far apart as practicable;

(3)  two red parking lights, at the rear, at the same height, one on each side of the vertical centreline and as far apart as practicable;

(3.1)  two red reflectors at the rear, at the same height, one on each side of the vertical centreline and as far apart as practicable;

(4)  two red stop lights, at the rear, at the same height, one on each side of the vertical centreline and as far apart as practicable;

(5)  two amber or white turn-signal lights, on the front, at the same height, one on each side of the vertical centreline and as far apart as practicable;

(6)  two red or amber turn-signal lights, at the rear, at the same height, one on each side of the vertical centreline and as far apart as practicable;

(7)  one amber side marker lamp and one amber side reflector on each side, as far forward as practicable;

(8)  one red side marker lamp and one red side reflector on each side, as far to the rear as practicable;

(9)  a white back-up light at the rear;

(10)  a white light illuminating the rear registration plate.

In the case of a combination of road vehicles, the lights prescribed in subparagraphs 3, 3.1, 4, 6 and 10 of the first paragraph must be mounted at the rear of the last vehicle.

The lights referred to in subparagraph 2 of the first paragraph are not required on any vehicle exceeding 2.03 metres in width.

1986, c. 91, s. 215; 1990, c. 83, s. 98.

215.1. Any motor vehicle measuring 9.1 metres or more in length must carry an amber side marker lamp and an amber side reflector on each side, midway between the front and rear side marker lamps.

1990, c. 83, s. 99.

216. In addition to the lights prescribed in section 215, every motor vehicle, other than a passenger vehicle or a taxi, or every combination of road vehicles other than those described in the first paragraph of section 214.1, measuring at any point more than 2.03 metres in width must carry,

(1)  on the front, two amber clearance lights, at the same height and not more than 150 mm from the upper right and left extremities of the vehicle;

(2)  at the rear, two red clearance lights, not more than 150 mm from the upper right and left extremities of the vehicle;

(3)  (subparagraph repealed);

(4)  on the front, three amber identification lights, grouped in a horizontal row at the centre above the windshield, and spaced not less than 150 mm nor more than 300 mm apart;

(5)  at the rear, three red identification lights, grouped in a horizontal row at the centre and spaced not less than 150 mm nor more than 300 mm apart.

Where the identification lights prescribed in subparagraph 5 of the first paragraph are mounted at the very top of the vehicle, the clearance lights prescribed in subparagraph 2 of the first paragraph need not be mounted at the prescribed height.

1986, c. 91, s. 216; 1990, c. 83, s. 100; 1998, c. 40, s. 72.

216.1. Subparagraph 8 of the first paragraph of section 215 and subparagraphs 2 and 5 of the first paragraph of section 216 do not apply to a motor vehicle designed to pull a semi-trailer and having no load space.

1990, c. 83, s. 101.

217. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 217; 1990, c. 83, s. 102.

218. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 218; 1998, c. 40, s. 73.

219. The three red identification lights and the two red reflectors of a motor vehicle or of a combination of road vehicles whose only superstructure is the driver’s cab must be grouped in a horizontal row at the rear of the platform or between the two trail-lights required for all vehicles.

1986, c. 91, s. 219; 1990, c. 83, s. 103.

220. In addition to the lights and reflectors prescribed in sections 215 and 216, every trailer or semi-trailer must carry one red side marker lamp on each side and as far to the rear as practicable.

It must also carry

(1)  if it measures 1.8 metres or more in length, one amber side marker lamp on each side and as far forward as practicable;

(2)  if it measures 9.1 metres or more in length, one amber side marker lamp and one amber side reflector midway between the front and rear side marker lamps.

1986, c. 91, s. 220; 1990, c. 83, s. 104.

220.1. The lights and reflectors prescribed by this chapter may be combined on the condition that they meet the requirements of this chapter.

However, a clearance light may not be combined with an identification light, nor a rear clearance light with a rear marker lamp.

1990, c. 83, s. 105.

220.2. A trailer or semi-trailer may be equipped with reflective material in accordance with the Motor Vehicle Safety Act (Statutes of Canada, 1993, chapter 16) instead of the reflectors prescribed by this chapter.

1996, c. 56, s. 69; 1998, c. 40, s. 74.

220.3. Except for trailers designed exclusively for dwelling or office purposes, trailers and semi-trailers measuring at least 2.05 m in width and having a net mass in excess of 3,000 kg must be equipped with reflective material in accordance with the Motor Vehicle Safety Act (Statutes of Canada, 1993, chapter 16).

The first paragraph applies from 1 January 1999 to every semi-trailer that is not less than 15.5 m and not more than 16.20 m in length and to every trailer or semi-trailer built on or after 1 December 1993. It applies from 1 January 2002 to every other trailer or semi-trailer.

1998, c. 40, s. 75.

221. In addition to the lights prescribed in section 215, every passenger vehicle, other than a motorcycle or a moped, and every other vehicle of the same configuration manufactured from 1 January 1987 must be equipped with a red stop light at the rear, on the vertical centreline, at the same height as or higher than the stop lights prescribed in paragraph 4 of section 215.

1986, c. 91, s. 221.

222. The fog lights that may be mounted on a road vehicle must conform to the standards established by regulation and must be on the front of the vehicle and at the same height, which must not be higher than that of the white headlights.

1986, c. 91, s. 222.

223. All back-up lights on a road vehicle must remain extinguished when the vehicle is moving forward.

1986, c. 91, s. 223; 1990, c. 83, s. 106.

224. The Minister of Transport may authorize, on conditions established by regulation, the installation and use of white lights at the rear of certain classes or sub-classes of road vehicles.

1986, c. 91, s. 224.

225. A road vehicle over 2 metres in width, operated on a public highway, must carry portable lamps, reflectors and flares, the standards of use of which are prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 225; 1990, c. 83, s. 107; 1996, c. 56, s. 70.

226. Emergency vehicles may carry flashing or rotating red lights. In addition, they may carry alternately flashing white headlights in the cases and on the conditions prescribed by regulation.

Police vehicles may carry blue flashing or rotating lights.

1986, c. 91, s. 226; 1987, c. 94, s. 43.

226.1. Only emergency vehicles designed to serve as a command and coordination post may be equipped with a green rotating light which may be used solely within the safety perimeter established by the person in charge of the emergency operation.

1998, c. 40, s. 76.

Not in force

226.2. (Not in force).

2008, c. 14, s. 27.

227. Service vehicles, equipment vehicles, vehicles used for snow removal or for road maintenance, vehicles for which the conditions of issue of a special permit so require and vehicles meeting the criteria established by regulation may carry flashing or rotating amber lights.

For the purposes of this section, “service vehicle” is a motor vehicle equipped to refuel, repair or tow road vehicles and an “equipment vehicle” is a motor vehicle used for the transportation of permanently attached equipment and provided with a load space.

1986, c. 91, s. 227.

228. Where the conditions of issue of a special permit require that a road vehicle be equipped with a rotating or flashing amber light, the light may be permanently attached to the vehicle but it may be operated only when the vehicle is used for the transportation of property requiring the issue of a special permit in accordance with the conditions appearing on the permit.

1986, c. 91, s. 228; 1987, c. 94, s. 44.

228.1. No vehicle that carries a sign or signal or similar device in lieu thereof required to obtain a special permit shall be used otherwise than in connection with the special permit, unless the sign, signal or device has been removed or covered.

1996, c. 56, s. 71.

229. Every bus or minibus used for the transportation of school children within the meaning of a regulation under the Transport Act (chapter T-12) must be equipped with two signs bearing the inscription “Écoliers”, one on the front of the vehicle, the other at the rear. It must also be equipped with flashing lights, on the front and at the rear of the vehicle and with a compulsory stop signal consisting of a retractable stop sign or a retractable arm with a stop sign.

The lights, the signs and the compulsory stop signal prescribed in the first paragraph must conform to the regulations under the Transport Act.

The signs must be removed or covered when the vehicle is not being used to provide the transportation referred to in section 454 of 461.

1986, c. 91, s. 229; 1993, c. 42, s. 4.

230. Every motorcycle or moped must carry at least

(1)  one white headlight;

(2)  one red tail-light;

(3)  two white or amber turn-signal lights on the front and two red or amber turn-signal lights at the rear;

(4)  one red stop light at the rear.

1986, c. 91, s. 230.

231. When a motorcycle is equipped with a sidecar, the sidecar must carry a red taillight, which must be as near as practicable to the right extremity of the sidecar.

1986, c. 91, s. 231.

232. Every bicycle must carry at least

(1)  one white reflector at the front;

(2)  one red reflector at the rear;

(3)  one amber reflector on each pedal;

(4)  one amber reflector attached to the spokes of the front wheel;

(5)  one red reflector attached to the spokes of the back wheel.

1986, c. 91, s. 232.

233. At night, every bicycle must also carry, at least one white headlight and one red tail-light.

1986, c. 91, s. 233.

233.1. No bicycle dealer shall sell, offer for sale, rent or offer for rent a bicycle unless the bicycle carries the reflectors prescribed by section 232.

1996, c. 56, s. 72.

234. Every road vehicle, other than a vehicle specifically mentioned in this chapter, must carry two white headlights and two red taillights.

1986, c. 91, s. 234.

235. The white headlights prescribed in this chapter must be firmly attached to the vehicle and be so adjusted as to produce, under normal atmospheric conditions and on a level road, sufficient light to enable the driver of the vehicle to discern a person or an object within a distance of 150 metres.

In the case of a moped, the light must enable the driver to discern a person or an object within a distance of 90 metres and in the case of a bicycle, at a distance of 10 metres.

1986, c. 91, s. 235.

236. Where two white headlights are mounted on a vehicle, they must be at the same height, one on each side of the vertical centreline and as far apart as practicable.

1986, c. 91, s. 236.

237. The headlights, lights and reflectors prescribed in this chapter must be visible at a distance of not less that 150 metres and conform to the standards established by regulation.

They must be kept free of any obstructing matter that reduces their effectiveness.

1986, c. 91, s. 237.

238. A peace officer may require the driver of a road vehicle to clean the headlights, lights and reflectors of the vehicle where their effectiveness is reduced by dirt or other obstructing matter.

The driver must comply with the requirement of the peace officer.

1986, c. 91, s. 238.

239. No road vehicle, except a vehicle contemplated in section 226 or 227, may carry alternately flashing white headlights or flashing or rotating lights of whatever colour.

No road vehicle contemplated in section 226 or in section 227 may carry flashing or rotating lights of another colour than the colour authorized for that vehicle in accordance with the section which applies to such a vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 239; 1987, c. 94, s. 46; 1990, c. 83, s. 108.

240. A peace officer is authorized to require the removal, at the expense of the owner, of a flashing or rotating light carried by a road vehicle in contravention of this Code.

The peace officer shall give a receipt to the person in possession of the vehicle and remit the light to the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 240; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

240.1. Every towing vehicle must carry the necessary equipment for operating the lights on the road vehicle being towed. Detachable equipment may be used to replace the lights.

1990, c. 83, s. 109; 1998, c. 40, s. 77.

CHAPTER III PROVISIONS RESPECTING BRAKES AND BRAKE SYSTEMS

241. For the purposes of this chapter, the term “motor vehicle” does not include a motorcycle or moped.

1986, c. 91, s. 241.

242. Subject to sections 243 to 247, every road vehicle must be equipped with at least one braking system sufficiently powerful to stop the vehicle quickly in case of emergency and hold the vehicle stationary.

1986, c. 91, s. 242.

243. Every motor vehicle or combination of road vehicles must be equipped with at least one service brake system allowing sufficient braking force to be applied on each weight-bearing wheel to stop the vehicle quickly in case of emergency and with a parking brake system to hold the vehicle stationary.

1986, c. 91, s. 243.

244. Every trailer or semi-trailer that is part of a combination of road vehicles and that has a mass, once loaded, of 1,300 kg or more or that has a mass, once loaded, of over half the net mass of the motor vehicle by which it is towed must be equipped with an independent braking system allowing application of a braking force on each weight-bearing wheel.

The towing vehicle must carry the necessary equipment for operating the braking system of any trailer or semi-trailer referred to in the first paragraph being towed.

This section does not apply to a combination of road vehicles consisting of trailers or semi-trailers used for agricultural purposes and belonging to a farmer within the meaning of section 16, nor to farm machinery, when such vehicles are drawn by a farm tractor or by another farm vehicle if the warning sign referred to in section 274 is attached at the rear of the combination of road vehicles.

1986, c. 91, s. 244; 1990, c. 83, s. 110; 1996, c. 56, s. 73.

245. Every trailer or semi-trailer operated without an independent brake system adequate to stop the vehicle if the trailer or semi-trailer becomes separated from the tractor vehicle, must be equipped with chains, cables or any other safety device that is sufficiently solid and so installed as to ensure that the trailer or semi-trailer and the tractor vehicle remain attached in the event of a failure in the attachment devices.

The towing vehicle must carry the necessary equipment for attaching the chains, cables or the safety device of any trailer or semi-trailer being towed.

1986, c. 91, s. 245; 1990, c. 83, s. 111.

246. Every motorcycle or moped must be equipped with at least two brake systems, one acting on the front wheel, the other on the rear wheel, with independent controls for each system. The system acting on the rear wheel may also act on the front wheel.

The brake systems must be sufficiently powerful to stop the vehicle quickly in case of emergency and to hold it stationary.

1986, c. 91, s. 246.

247. Every bicycle must be equipped with at least one brake system acting on the rear wheel. The system must be sufficiently powerful to quickly block the rotation of the wheel on a paved, dry and level roadway.

1986, c. 91, s. 247.

248. No person may drive a road vehicle having a brake system that has been modified or altered in such a way as to reduce its effectiveness.

1986, c. 91, s. 248.

249. A peace officer who has reasonable grounds to believe that the brake system of a road vehicle or bicycle is defective or out of order may require that the vehicle be taken to the nearest practicable place and retained at the expense of the owner until the problem is corrected.

1986, c. 91, s. 249.

CHAPTER IV PROVISIONS RESPECTING VARIOUS OTHER EQUIPMENT

250. No person may either effect or cause the removal, alteration or putting out of service of a seat belt with which the seats of a road vehicle are equipped under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act (Statutes of Canada, 1993, chapter 16).

1986, c. 91, s. 250; 1996, c. 56, s. 144.

250.1. No person may, in the carrying on of a business, sell, offer for sale, rent or offer for rent a protective helmet for motorcyclists, moped operators or their passengers unless it meets the standards established by regulation.

1996, c. 56, s. 74.

251. No person may instal, cause to be installed or in any way introduce a radar warning device in a road vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 251; 1988, c. 68, s. 11.

252. No person may sell or lease to, or place at the disposal of any person, in exchange for consideration, or in any way offer to sell or lease to, or to place at the disposal of any person, in exchange for consideration, a radar warning device.

Any contravention of this section entails, upon conviction, the confiscation of the radar warning device in favour of the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 252; 1988, c. 68, s. 12; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

253. For the purposes of sections 251 and 252, a “radar warning device” is any device or combination of devices that can be used to warn the driver of a road vehicle of the presence of radar speed measuring equipment or to interfere with the normal operation of such radar equipment.

1986, c. 91, s. 253.

254. Every motor vehicle must be equipped with a horn.

1986, c. 91, s. 254.

255. Only emergency vehicles may be equipped with a siren or a device producing a similar sound or a traffic-light changing device.

The first paragraph does not apply to an anti-theft device installed and used in a road vehicle in accordance with the standards established by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 255.

256. No person may sound the horn of a road vehicle, except in case of necessity.

In addition to public highways, this section applies on private roads open to public vehicular traffic, as well as on land occupied by shopping centres and other land where public traffic is allowed.

1986, c. 91, s. 256; 1990, c. 83, s. 112.

257. A peace officer is authorized to require the removal, at the expense of the owner of a road vehicle, of a siren or any other device producing a similar sound installed on a vehicle in contravention of this Code. The peace officer shall give a receipt to the person in possession of the vehicle and remit the device to the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 257; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

258. Every motor vehicle must be equipped with an exhaust system that conforms to the standards established by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 258.

259. No person may sell or offer for sale, for use on a public highway, an exhaust system that does not conform to the standards prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 259.

260. No person may perform or cause the performance of any operation on a motor vehicle to cancel or reduce the effectiveness of the exhaust system of the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 260.

261. Every motor vehicle equipped with a windshield, other than a motorcycle or moped, must be equipped with a front windshield wiper and, if fitted as original equipment by the manufacturer, a front windshield washer.

1986, c. 91, s. 261.

262. Every motor vehicle, other than a motorcycle or moped, must be equipped with at least two rear-view mirrors, one solidly attached to the interior of the vehicle at the centre of the upper part of the windshield, and the other, to the exterior of the vehicle on the left side.

When the interior rear-view mirror cannot be used, another rear-view mirror must be attached to the exterior of the vehicle on the right side.

Where the motor vehicle draws a trailer or a semi-trailer, rear-view mirrors must be attached so as to enable the driver to have a clear view to the back of the combination of vehicles:

(1)  one rear-view mirror attached to the exterior of the motor vehicle on the left side if the existing rear-view mirror cannot be used; and

(2)  another rear-view mirror attached to the exterior of the motor vehicle on the right side if the existing interior or exterior rear-view mirror on the right side cannot be used.

1986, c. 91, s. 262; 1987, c. 94, s. 47.

263. Every motorcycle or moped must be equipped with two rear-view mirrors, one solidly attached to each side of the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 263.

264. The windows, windshield and safety partitions of a motor vehicle must be made of transparent glass so manufactured or treated as to substantially reduce friability and the likelihood of shattering.

1986, c. 91, s. 264.

265. The windshield and the other windows of a motor vehicle must conform to the standards prescribed by regulation to ensure good visibility for the driver.

They must be free of any material that might reduce visibility for the driver.

1986, c. 91, s. 265.

266. No person may coat the windshield or the front side windows of a road vehicle or cause them to be coated with a substance having the effect of reducing or preventing good visibility from inside or outside the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 266; 1996, c. 56, s. 75.

267. A peace officer may require the driver of a vehicle to clean or clear the windshield and windows where obstructing matter reduces visibility for the driver.

The driver must comply with the requirement of the peace officer.

1986, c. 91, s. 267.

268. Every motor vehicle, other than a motorcycle with a piston displacement not in excess of 125 cc or a moped, must be equipped with an odometer and a speedometer.

1986, c. 91, s. 268.

269. Where a road vehicle is equipped with bumpers as original equipment by the manufacturer, they must be solidly attached to the part of the vehicle designed for that purpose.

1986, c. 91, s. 269.

270. Every road vehicle must be fitted with tires that conform to the standards prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 270.

271. No person may sell or offer for sale, for use on a public highway, a tire that does not conform to the standards prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 271.

272. With the exception of farm tractors and of farm equipment not equipped with mudguards as original equipment by the manufacturer, every motor vehicle or combination of road vehicles if not fitted with permanent mudguards or if fitted with permanent mudguards that are narrower than the tread of the tires or the bottom edge of the rear portion of which is 350 mm or more from the ground when the vehicle is not loaded, must be equipped with detachable mudguards of resistant material and at least as wide as the tread of the tires.

1986, c. 91, s. 272; 1996, c. 56, s. 76.

272.1. A tractor truck is not required to be fitted with detachable mudguards if it is drawing a trailer or semi-trailer providing adequate protection against material being thrown towards the rear.

1998, c. 40, s. 78.

273. The lower end of the detachable mudguards must not be more than 350 mm from the ground, measured when the vehicle is not loaded.

1986, c. 91, s. 273.

274. Every road vehicle built to be driven at a speed of less than 40 km/h as well as every animal-drawn vehicle must carry a warning sign in accordance with the standards prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 274; 1987, c. 94, s. 48.

Not in force

274.1. The owner of a road vehicle used for the transportation of handicapped persons must comply with the standards, conditions and procedures prescribed for the operation, custody, maintenance, salubrity and safety of such a vehicle.

He must also comply with the standards prescribed for the installation and use of safety equipment and accessories in respect of such a vehicle.

1987, c. 94, s. 49.

CHAPTER V PENAL PROVISIONS

275. The owner of a road vehicle that does not meet the requirements of any of sections 212, 269 and 272 to 274 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $30 to $60.

1986, c. 91, s. 275; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

276. The owner of a bicycle that does not meet the requirements of any of sections 212, 232 and 233, the second paragraph of section 235 or of either of sections 237 and 247 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $15 to $30.

1986, c. 91, s. 276; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

277. Every person who contravenes the second paragraph of section 238 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $60 to $100.

1986, c. 91, s. 277; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 113.

278. The owner of a road vehicle who contravenes section 213 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $60 to $100.

1986, c. 91, s. 278; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

279. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 279; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 114.

280. The owner of a road vehicle that does not meet the requirements of section 236 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $60 to $100.

1986, c. 91, s. 280; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 115.

281. Every person who installs or uses a white headlight in contravention of section 224 or who contravenes section 256 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

Every person who uses a green rotating light in contravention of section 226.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525.

1986, c. 91, s. 281; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 116; 1998, c. 40, s. 79.

281.1. Every person who drives a road vehicle whose windshield and windows are not clear of all substances which might hinder the driver’s ability to see is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1990, c. 83, s. 116.

281.2. Every person who drives a road vehicle whose windshield or front side windows are coated with a material that does not meet the standards prescribed under section 265 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1996, c. 56, s. 77.

282. The owner of a vehicle that does not meet the requirements of any of sections 210.1, 214.1 to 223, 225, 230, 231, 234, 235, 237, 240.1, 242, 243, 246, 254, 258, 261 to 264, the first paragraph of section 265 or of section 268 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1986, c. 91, s. 282; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 117.

283. The holder of a special permit who contravenes section 228 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1986, c. 91, s. 283; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

283.0.1. Every person who contravenes section 228.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1996, c. 56, s. 78.

283.1. Every person who contravenes any of sections 214, 248, 259, 260 and 266, the second paragraph of section 267 or section 271 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

1990, c. 83, s. 118.

284. Every person who contravenes any of sections 233.1, 250 or 251 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

Every owner of a heavy vehicle who contravenes section 250 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1986, c. 91, s. 284; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 119; 1996, c. 56, s. 79; 1998, c. 40, s. 80.

285. The owner of a road vehicle that does not meet the requirements of any of sections 239, 244, 245, 255 and 270 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

Every owner or operator of a heavy vehicle that does not comply with section 244 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1986, c. 91, s. 285; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 120; 1998, c. 40, s. 81.

286. Every person who contravenes any of sections 210, 211 and 211.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

However, in the case of a bicycle, the fine is of $30 to $60.

Every owner of a heavy vehicle who contravenes section 211 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1986, c. 91, s. 286; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 121; 1996, c. 56, s. 80; 1998, c. 40, s. 82.

287. The owner of a vehicle that does not meet the requirements of section 229 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1986, c. 91, s. 287; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

287.1. Every natural person who contravenes section 252 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

Every legal person who contravenes section 252 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2 000.

1990, c. 83, s. 122.

Not in force

287.1.1. (Not in force).

2008, c. 14, s. 33.

TITLE VII ROAD AND TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

288. For the purposes of this Title, a “limited access highway” is a public highway that may be entered or left only at the specially provided entrances or exits.

In addition, for the purposes of this Title, a non-motorized scooter and an adult’s tricycle shall be considered as bicycles.

1986, c. 91, s. 288; 1990, c. 83, s. 123.

289. The meaning of a road or traffic sign message, whatever the medium, is the meaning assigned to the sign by the Minister in an order published to that effect in the Gazette officielle du Québec.

The manufacturing and installation standards for road signs or signals to be erected on a public highway are determined by the Minister and set out in a traffic control manual.

Every person responsible for the management or maintenance of public highways must comply with standards set out in the manual where a requirement to do so is indicated therein.

The Minister may remove, at the expense of the person responsible for the management of the road, any sign or signal that does not conform to the Minister’s manual.

1986, c. 91, s. 289; 1990, c. 83, s. 124; 1998, c. 40, s. 83.

290. The person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway may require the payment of an annual fee fixed by regulation for the erection of commercial tourist information signs on that highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 290.

291. The person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway may, by means of proper signs or signals, restrict or prohibit the use of the highway by all or certain heavy vehicles, in particular, heavy vehicles having dimensions or a number of axles that exceed the maximum limits authorized. Where that person is responsible for the maintenance of a bridge or viaduct, the person may also restrict or prohibit the use of the bridge or viaduct by heavy vehicles having a mass that exceeds the maximum limits authorized on the infrastructure.

In the case of a municipality, that power is exercised by by-law or, where the law so authorizes, by ordinance, the coming into force of which is subject to the approval of the Minister of Transport under section 627, except in an emergency; in the absence of approval, the Minister may remove the unauthorized sign or signal.

No person may drive a vehicle referred to in the first paragraph on a public highway on which traffic is restricted or prohibited unless the vehicle is used to maintain the highway or to install or maintain public utilities on the highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 291; 1995, c. 25, s. 1; 1998, c. 40, s. 84.

291.1. A restriction or prohibition under section 291 may, by means of proper signs or signals, be partially removed for vehicles that must travel to a particular place in order to collect or deliver property, provide services, carry out work, be repaired or return to their base, and that cannot do so without entering a zone to which access is prohibited.

1998, c. 40, s. 84.

292. The driver of a heavy vehicle must verify the condition of the vehicle’s brakes where the proper sign or signal requires a mandatory stop at a brake verification area.

1986, c. 91, s. 292; 1995, c. 25, s. 2; 1996, c. 2, s. 212; 1996, c. 56, s. 81; 1998, c. 40, s. 84.

292.0.1. The person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway may, by means of proper signs or signals, designate a slow vehicle lane. Where such a lane has been designated, the driver of a slow vehicle must use that lane.

1998, c. 40, s. 84.

292.1. The person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway may, by means of appropriate signs or signals, prohibit access to the highway to road vehicles whose mass, load included, exceeds that prescribed by regulation, if the vehicle is not equipped with a braking system prescribed by regulation.

In the case of a municipality, that power is exercised by by-law or, where the law so authorizes, by ordinance, the coming into force of which is subject to the approval of the Minister of Transport under section 627, except in an emergency; in the absence of approval, the Minister may remove the unauthorized sign or signal.

No person may drive a vehicle referred to in the first paragraph on a public highway on which traffic is restricted or prohibited unless the vehicle is used to maintain the highway or to install or maintain public utilities on the highway.

1993, c. 42, s. 5; 1998, c. 40, s. 85.

293. The person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway may, by means of appropriate signs or signals during exceptional events or sports events, restrict or prohibit all or some vehicular traffic on that highway for the time he indicates.

No person may drive a road vehicle in contravention of this section during the period traffic is restricted or prohibited.

1986, c. 91, s. 293; 1990, c. 83, s. 125.

293.1. The person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway may, by means of proper signs or signals and for reasons of safety, restrict or prohibit the operation on the highway of all road vehicles or certain road vehicles including the vehicles to which the Transportation of Dangerous Substances Regulation applies.

In the case of a municipality, that power is exercised by by-law or, where the law so authorizes, by ordinance, the coming into force of which is subject to the approval of the Minister of Transport under section 627, except in an emergency; in the absence of approval, the Minister may remove the unauthorized sign or signal.

No person may drive a vehicle referred to in the first paragraph on a public highway on which traffic is prohibited or restricted unless the vehicle is used to maintain the highway or to install or maintain public utilities on the highway.

1990, c. 83, s. 126; 1998, c. 40, s. 86.

294. The person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway must erect the proper signs or signals at every intersection.

1986, c. 91, s. 294.

295. The person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway may, by means of the proper signs or signals,

(1)  indicate traffic stops;

(2)  prohibit U-turns at such locations as may be determined by him;

(3)  lay out pedestrian walkways;

(4)  reserve traffic lanes for certain manoeuvres or for the exclusive use of bicycles, certain classes of road vehicles or road vehicles carrying the number of passengers indicated by proper signs;

(4.1)  regulate bicycle traffic in a cycle lane;

(4.2)  prohibit, limit or otherwise regulate bicycle traffic in lanes used by road vehicles or in places used by pedestrians;

(5)  indicate level crossings where the driver of a road vehicle referred to in section 413 is exempt from the requirements of that section;

(6)  prohibit horse riding or restrict it to part of the public highway;

(7)  prohibit, restrict or otherwise regulate the stopping or parking of road vehicles;

(8)  reserve parking spaces for handicapped persons.

1986, c. 91, s. 295; 1987, c. 94, s. 51; 1990, c. 83, s. 127; 1995, c. 65, s. 100.

296. The person responsible for the maintenance of a limited access highway may, by means of the proper signs or signals, regulate or prohibit the driving of certain classes of road vehicles on that highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 296; 1990, c. 83, s. 128.

297. The Minister of Transport may, by means of the proper signs, designate a public highway as an autoroute.

1986, c. 91, s. 297.

298. Every municipality to which subparagraph 4 of the first paragraph of section 328 applies must erect a sign or signal on every public highway under its maintenance that leads to a built-up area to indicate that the speed limit is set at 50 km/h.

1986, c. 91, s. 298.

299. Every municipality that establishes, by by-law, a speed limit other than the rate of speed provided for in section 328 shall indicate that rate of speed by means of signs or signals. If the municipality fails to do so, section 328 applies.

No person may travel at a rate of speed exceeding the limit indicated on any signs erected under this section.

1986, c. 91, s. 299; 1990, c. 83, s. 130.

300. In the cases described in section 329, the decision of the Minister of Transport prevails over any provision of a by-law passed by a municipality.

The municipality shall, on a notice from the Minister and within the time he indicates, remove the signs or signals erected by it. If it fails to do so within the allotted time, the Minister may remove the signs or signals at the expense of the municipality.

1986, c. 91, s. 300.

301. No person, except the person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway, may erect signs or signals or cause signs or signals to be erected on that highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 301.

302. The person responsible for the maintenance of the public highway may remove any sign or signal erected in contravention of section 301.

1986, c. 91, s. 302.

303. Notwithstanding section 301, every person carrying on construction or maintenance work or conducting a road check operation shall erect, for the time of the work or operation, signs or signals in conformity with the standards laid down by the Minister of Transport to warn against danger to be avoided or to indicate a direction to be followed or a rate of speed other than the prescribed rate of speed to be respected.

1986, c. 91, s. 303; 1990, c. 83, s. 131.

304. No person may, except with the authorization of the person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway, erect any signal, sign, indication or device on that highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 304.

305. The person responsible for the maintenance of the public highway may, at the expense of the contravener, remove any object erected in contravention of section 304.

1986, c. 91, s. 305.

306. No person may erect or display on a private property any signal, sign, indication or device that encroaches upon a public highway or that could create confusion or obstruct any sign erected on a public highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 306.

307. The person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway may, if he believes on reasonable grounds that a signal, sign, indication or device is erected or displayed on private property in contravention of section 306, issue a notice to the owner requiring him to remove any such object within 48 hours.

If the contravener fails to comply with the notice, the person responsible for the maintenance of the highway may enter upon the property and remove any such object at the owner’s expense.

1986, c. 91, s. 307.

308. Every sign or signal erected on a private road open to general vehicular traffic must conform to the specifications prescribed in respect of public highways by the Minister of Transport.

1986, c. 91, s. 308.

309. The Minister of Transport or an authorized representative of the municipality within whose territory a road contemplated in section 308 is situated may, if he believes on reasonable grounds that an offence against the said section is being committed, issue a notice to the contravener requiring him to remove any contravening sign or signal within 48 hours.

If the contravener fails to comply with the notice, the Minister or the authorized representative of the municipality may remove the sign or signal at the contravener’s expense.

1986, c. 91, s. 309.

310. Every person must comply with every road or traffic sign or signal erected on a road or highway under this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 310.

311. Where traffic is directed by a peace officer, a school crossing guard or a flag man in charge of directing traffic around or about work sites, every person shall obey his orders or signals even if contrary to existing traffic signs or signals.

1986, c. 91, s. 311.

312. No person may drive on private property to avoid compliance with a traffic sign or signal.

1986, c. 91, s. 312.

CHAPTER II PENAL PROVISIONS

313. Every person, other than the driver of a road vehicle, who contravenes either of sections 310 and 311 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $15 to $30.

A person riding a bicycle who contravenes section 312 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $15 to $30.

1986, c. 91, s. 313; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

314. The driver of a road vehicle who contravenes the second paragraph of section 293 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $60 to $100.

1986, c. 91, s. 314; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 132.

314.1. Every driver of a road vehicle who contravenes any of sections 310 to 312 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

However, where the traffic of heavy vehicles in transit is regulated by a sign or signal, every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes section 310 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525.

1990, c. 83, s. 133; 1995, c. 25, s. 3; 1998, c. 40, s. 88.

315. Every person who contravenes either of sections 304 and 308 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1986, c. 91, s. 315; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

315.1. Every driver of a vehicle who contravenes section 292 or the third paragraph of section 293.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1995, c. 25, s. 4; 1998, c. 40, s. 89.

315.2. Every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes the third paragraph of section 291 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525.

1998, c. 40, s. 89.

315.3. Every driver of a road vehicle who contravenes section 292.0.1 by failing to drive in a mandatory designated lane is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $90 to $270.

1998, c. 40, s. 89.

316. Every person who contravenes either of sections 301 and 306 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

1986, c. 91, s. 316; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

316.1. Every driver of a passenger vehicle who contravenes the third paragraph of section 293.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

1990, c. 83, s. 134; 1998, c. 40, s. 90.

317. Every person who contravenes section 303 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

However, the fine shall be of $100 to $200 in cases where signs or signals which do not meet the standards laid down by the Minister of Transport are erected.

1986, c. 91, s. 317; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 135.

318. Every person who contravenes the third paragraph of section 292.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $6,000.

1986, c. 91, s. 318; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1993, c. 42, s. 6; 1995, c. 25, s. 5.

TITLE VIII RULES OF THE ROAD

CHAPTER I INTERPRETATION

319. For the purposes of this Title, unless the context indicates otherwise, the term “limited access highway” is a public highway that may be entered or left only at specially provided entrances or exits.

In addition, for the purposes of this Title, a non-motorized scooter and an adult’s tricycle shall be considered as bicycles.

1986, c. 91, s. 319; 1990, c. 83, s. 136.

CHAPTER II GENERAL PROVISIONS RESPECTING VEHICULAR TRAFFIC

DIVISION I DRIVING RULES

§ 1 . — Lanes

320. On a two-way roadway, the driver of a road vehicle must use the right-hand lane of the roadway.

To pass another vehicle or where the lane is obstructed or closed to traffic, the driver may use the other lane but he must then yield the right of way to the vehicle moving in the opposite direction.

This section applies, in addition to public highways, to highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles.

1986, c. 91, s. 320; 1998, c. 40, s. 91.

321. On a two-way roadway with two lanes or over, the driver of a road vehicle must use the right-hand lane of the roadway.

To pass another vehicle, to turn left or where the right-hand lane is obstructed or closed to traffic, the driver may use another lane in the direction his vehicle is moving.

Where all the lanes in the direction in which the vehicle is moving are obstructed or closed to traffic, the driver may use the nearest lane in the opposite direction that is not obstructed or closed to traffic, but he must then yield the right of way to any vehicle moving in the opposite direction.

1986, c. 91, s. 321.

322. On a two-way roadway divided into three traffic lanes, where the centre lane is used in either direction, the driver of a road vehicle must use the right-hand lane. He may use the centre lane only for passing or for making left turns.

1986, c. 91, s. 322.

323. On a two-way roadway divided into five traffic lanes, where the centre lane is used in either direction, the driver of a road vehicle must use either of the two right-hand lanes. He may use the centre lane only for making left turns.

1986, c. 91, s. 323.

324. On a one-way roadway with two lanes, the driver of a road vehicle shall use the right-hand lane.

On a one-way roadway with three lanes or over, the driver must use one of the right-hand lanes.

To pass another vehicle, to turn left, to enter an exit ramps on a limited access highway or where the lane he is using is obstructed or closed to traffic, the driver may use the lane closest to the left-hand side.

The driver of a road vehicle used for snow removal or road maintenance may also use the left-hand lane when performing his duties.

1986, c. 91, s. 324; 1987, c. 94, s. 52, s. 53.

325. Notwithstanding section 324, where the speed limit is less than 80 km/h the driver of a road vehicle may use any of the lanes. In such a case, road vehicles moving faster in one lane than in another are not considered to be passing.

The driver of a road vehicle proceeding at less than the normal speed of traffic must drive in the right-hand lane closest to the edge of the roadway, unless he is about to turn left, to park or to stop on the left-hand side and has signalled his intention.

1986, c. 91, s. 325; 1990, c. 83, s. 137.

326. On a public highway where the roadways are separated by a median strip or any other separation, the driver of a road vehicle shall not cross the separation except at the places laid out for that purpose and not before he has ascertained that he can do so in safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 326.

326.1. The driver of a road vehicle shall not cross any of the following lines marking off lanes:

(1)  a solid single line;

(2)  a solid double line;

(3)  a double line consisting of a broken line and a solid line, the latter being adjacent to the lane in which the road vehicle is moving.

In addition to the exceptions provided for in sections 344 and 378, the first paragraph does not apply where the driver must leave the lane he is using because it is obstructed or closed to traffic, or in order to make a left turn towards another road or a private entry; the driver must however assure himself he can do so in safety.

1990, c. 83, s. 138.

§ 2 . — Speed limits and distance between vehicles

327. Any rate of speed or any action that can endanger human life and safety or property is prohibited.

In addition to public highways, this section applies on highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles, on private roads open to public vehicular traffic, as well as on land occupied by shopping centres and other land where public traffic is allowed.

1986, c. 91, s. 327; 1990, c. 83, s. 139; 1998, c. 40, s. 92.

328. Without restricting the scope of section 327, no person may drive a road vehicle at a speed

(1)  of less than 60 km/h or more than 100 km/h on autoroutes;

(2)  in excess of 90 km/h on public highways surfaced with concrete, asphalt or a similar material outside cities, towns or villages;

(3)  in excess of 70 km/h on gravel highways outside cities, towns or villages;

(4)  in excess of 50 km/h in cities, towns and villages, except on autoroutes and on highways on which signs indicate otherwise;

(5)  in excess of 50 km/h in school zones when schoolchildren are entering or leaving school.

For the purposes of subparagraphs 2 to 4 of the first paragraph, the word “city”, “town” or “village” means the territory of a municipality whose name comprises that word.

Not in force

On access roads leading to a built-up area, subparagraph 4 of the first paragraph applies when the driver reaches the sign or signal indicating the 50 km/h speed limit.

Subparagraph 3 of the first paragraph applies on highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles. The Minister, on the recommendation of the Minister of Natural Resources, may by order increase the speed limit to 90 km/h on all or any part of such highways.

1986, c. 91, s. 328; 1996, c. 2, s. 213; 1996, c. 56, s. 82; 1998, c. 40, s. 93.

329. The Minister of Transport may change the speed limits provided in section 328 for all road vehicles or for certain categories thereof.

The installation of traffic signs is proof of the decision of the Minister. The date of the decision and approximate location of the installation of such signs must be entered in a register kept by the Minister.

No person may drive at a speed in excess of the limits indicated on the traffic signs erected under this section or under the second paragraph of section 628.

1986, c. 91, s. 329; 1990, c. 83, s. 141; 1996, c. 56, s. 83.

330. The driver of a road vehicle must reduce the speed of his vehicle when visibility conditions become inadequate because of darkness, fog, rain or other precipitation or when the roadway is slippery or not completely cleared.

1986, c. 91, s. 330.

331. No person may drive a road vehicle at a low speed that may impede or obstruct normal traffic, except where necessary.

In case of necessity, the driver must use the flashing emergency lights of his vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 331.

333. No person may drive a road vehicle containing a radar warning device within the meaning of section 253.

1986, c. 91, s. 333.

334. Every peace officer who has reasonable grounds to believe that a road vehicle contains a radar warning device, may stop the vehicle and inspect it. He may confiscate the radar warning device found in the vehicle, at the expense of the owner of the vehicle.

When confiscating such a radar warning device, the peace officer shall give a receipt to the person in possession of the vehicle and remit the device to the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 334; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

335. The driver of a road vehicle shall not follow another vehicle more closely than is prudent and reasonable, taking account of speed, traffic density, atmospheric conditions and the condition of the roadway.

1986, c. 91, s. 335.

336. On a public highway where the maximum speed allowed is 70 km/h or more, the drivers of road vehicles moving in convoy shall leave sufficient space between them to allow vehicles passing them to occupy the intervening spaces in safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 336; 1990, c. 83, s. 142.

337. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 337; 1987, c. 94, s. 55; 1990, c. 83, s. 143.

§ 3 . — Passing

338. The driver of a road vehicle may cross any lane marked off by a broken line to pass or to change lanes.

1986, c. 91, s. 338.

339. On a two-way roadway, the driver of a road vehicle passing another vehicle must return to the right lane as soon as possible, after signalling his intention and ascertaining that he may do so without risk to the vehicle being passed.

1986, c. 91, s. 339.

340. The driver of a road vehicle being passed or about to be passed must not increase the speed of his vehicle while it is being passed.

1986, c. 91, s. 340.

341. No driver of a road vehicle may pass a bicycle within the same traffic lane unless there is sufficient space to allow him to do so in safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 341.

342. In no case may the driver of a road vehicle successively pass two or more vehicles in a zigzag pattern on a one-way roadway having two or more traffic lanes.

1986, c. 91, s. 342.

343. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 343; 1990, c. 83, s. 144.

344. The driver of a road vehicle may cross a line described in section 326.1 providing that he can do so in safety, or to pass farm machinery, a farm tractor, a horse-drawn vehicle, a bicycle or a road vehicle carrying a slow-moving vehicle sign.

1986, c. 91, s. 344; 1990, c. 83, s. 145.

345. No driver may, to pass, use the lane reserved for traffic moving in the opposite direction

(1)  when approaching the crest or at the crest of a grade or on a curve where he cannot see, at a sufficient distance, vehicles approaching from the opposite direction;

(2)  in or upon, or when approaching an intersection, a level crossing, a tunnel or a pedestrian crosswalk identified as such.

1986, c. 91, s. 345.

346. No driver of a road vehicle may pass another vehicle to the right, except where the vehicle being passed is turning left, is about to turn left, is moving toward an exit ramp on a limited access highway or is a snow removal or road maintenance vehicle doing work on the left-hand lane of a one-way roadway with two lanes or over.

1986, c. 91, s. 346; 1987, c. 94, s. 56.

347. In no case may a driver passing another vehicle drive off the roadway.

1986, c. 91, s. 347.

348. No driver is allowed to pass

(1)  where the driver of a vehicle behind him has already signalled his intention to pass or has already begun to pass;

(2)  where the visibility is insufficient to allow entry onto the other part of the roadway in safety;

(3)  on a two-way roadway, where the other part of the roadway is not clear of traffic for a sufficient distance to allow him to pass and return to the right of the roadway in safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 348.

§ 4 . — Turns

349. The driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle who is turning at an intersection must yield the right of way to pedestrians and cyclists crossing the roadway he is about to enter.

1986, c. 91, s. 349.

350. The driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle who is about to make a left turn must yield the right of way to any vehicle moving in the opposite direction, and is so close that it constitutes a hazard.

1986, c. 91, s. 350.

351. The driver of a road vehicle who is about to turn right at an intersection must, after signalling his intention and ascertaining that he can do so in safety, move to the extreme right of the roadway or into the space reserved for that purpose by an appropriate sign, make a sharp turn and not encroach on the left or the centre of the road he is entering.

1986, c. 91, s. 351.

352. On a two-way roadway, the driver of a road vehicle who is about to turn left at the intersection of a two-way roadway must, after signalling his intention and ascertaining that he can do so in safety, approach the centre line of the roadway on which he is driving, proceed in a straight line to the near side of the roadway he is about to enter and turn left as soon as the way is clear so as to enter the right-hand part of the other roadway.

1986, c. 91, s. 352.

353. On a two-way roadway with two lanes or over, the driver of a road vehicle who is about to turn left at the intersection of a two-way roadway with two lanes or over must, after signalling his intention and ascertaining that he can do so in safety, approach the centre line of the roadway on which he is driving, proceed in a straight line to the near side of the roadway he is about to enter and turn left as soon as the way is clear so as to enter the other roadway to the right of and as close as possible to the centre line.

1986, c. 91, s. 353.

354. On a two-way roadway, the driver of a road vehicle who is about to turn left at the intersection of a one-way roadway must, after signalling his intention and ascertaining that he can do so in safety, approach the centre line of the roadway on which he is driving, proceed in a straight line to the near side of the roadway he is about to enter and turn left as soon as the way is clear so as to enter the left-hand part of the other roadway.

1986, c. 91, s. 354.

355. On a one-way roadway, the driver of a road vehicle who is about to turn left at the intersection of a one-way roadway must, after signalling his intention and ascertaining that he can do so in safety, move to the extreme left of the roadway to the near side of the roadway he is about to enter and turn left as soon as the way is clear so as to enter the left-hand part of the other roadway.

1986, c. 91, s. 355.

356. On a one-way roadway with two lanes or over, the driver of a road vehicle who is about to turn left at an intersection must, after signalling his intention and ascertaining that he can do so in safety, move to the extreme left of the roadway or into the space reserved for that purpose identified by an appropriate sign.

1986, c. 91, s. 356.

357. On a one-way roadway, the driver of a road vehicle who is about to turn left at the intersection of a two-way roadway must, after signalling his intention and ascertaining that he can do so in safety, move to the extreme left of the roadway on which he is driving, proceed in a straight line to the near side of the roadway he is about to enter and turn left as soon as the way is clear, so as to enter the right-hand part of the other roadway.

1986, c. 91, s. 357.

358. On a one-way roadway, the driver of a road vehicle who is about to turn left at the intersection of a two-way roadway with two or more traffic lanes must, after signalling his intention and ascertaining that he can do so in safety, move to the extreme left of the roadway on which he is driving, proceed in a straight line to the near side of the roadway he is about to enter and turn left as soon as the way is clear, so as to enter the other roadway to the right of and as close as possible to the centre line.

1986, c. 91, s. 358.

§ 5 . — Traffic control devices

359. Unless otherwise directed by a sign or signal, when facing a red light, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must stop his vehicle before the pedestrian crosswalk or stop-line or, if none, at the near side of the roadway he is about to cross or enter, and may proceed only when a signal shows he may do so.

1986, c. 91, s. 359.

360. Unless otherwise directed by a sign or signal, when facing a flashing red light, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must stop his vehicle and yield the right of way to a vehicle approaching on another roadway that is entering the intersection, or is so close that it constitutes a hazard.

1986, c. 91, s. 360.

361. Unless otherwise directed by a sign or signal, when facing an amber light, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must stop his vehicle before the pedestrian crosswalk or stop-line or, if none, before the near side of the roadway he is about to cross, unless he has entered it or is so close to it that he could not stop in safety; he may proceed only when a signal shows he may do so.

1986, c. 91, s. 361.

362. Unless otherwise directed by a sign or signal, when facing a flashing amber light, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must reduce the speed of his vehicle and he may proceed only after yielding the right of way to road vehicles, cyclists and pedestrians crossing the intersection.

1986, c. 91, s. 362.

363. Unless otherwise directed by a sign or signal, when facing a green light, whether flashing or not, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must proceed ahead or turn left or right, after yielding the right of way to road vehicles, cyclists and pedestrians crossing the intersection.

1986, c. 91, s. 363.

364. Unless otherwise directed by a sign or signal, when facing a green arrow, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must move in the direction indicated by the arrow, after yielding the right of way to road vehicles, cyclists and pedestrians crossing the intersection.

1986, c. 91, s. 364; 1990, c. 83, s. 146.

365. On a roadway with two lanes or more, where lane-direction signals are installed to indicate which lanes are open to traffic, the driver of a road vehicle may drive only in the lanes above which there is a green arrow pointing downwards.

1986, c. 91, s. 365; 1995, c. 25, s. 6.

366. Even if permitted by the traffic lights, no driver of a road vehicle may enter an intersection if there is not sufficient space ahead of the vehicle to proceed without blocking the intersection; in such a case, the driver must stop his vehicle before the near side of the roadway he is about to cross.

1986, c. 91, s. 366.

367. Where traffic lights installed at an intersection are defective or are not in operation, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must act as if the intersection were regulated by stop signs for all directions, except where an adequate sign or signal replaces the traffic light.

1986, c. 91, s. 367.

368. The driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must stop his vehicle when facing a stop sign, and comply with section 360.

1986, c. 91, s. 368.

369. At an intersection regulated by stop signs installed for only one roadway, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle who is facing a stop sign must stop his vehicle and yield the right of way to pedestrians and cyclists crossing the roadway he is about to cross or enter.

1986, c. 91, s. 369.

370. At an intersection regulated by stop signs for all directions, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must stop his vehicle and yield the right of way to any vehicle having reached the intersection before him. He must also yield the right of way to pedestrians crossing the roadway he is about to cross or enter.

1986, c. 91, s. 370.

371. The driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle who is facing a “yield” sign must give priority to any vehicle moving in the lane he is about to enter where the vehicle is so close that entering the lane would constitute a hazard.

1986, c. 91, s. 371.

§ 6 . — Signalling

372. The driver of a road vehicle who is about to make a turn, change lanes, make a U-turn or return to the roadway from the shoulder or a parking area must, after ascertaining that he may do so in safety, signal his intention by means of his turn-signal lights.

1986, c. 91, s. 372.

373. The driver of a road vehicle exempt from the requirement to be equipped with turn-signal lights, or on which such lights are defective, must signal his intention by manual signals.

To make a right turn, he must extend his forearm vertically upwards outside the vehicle and to make a left turn, he must extend his arm horizontally outside the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 373.

374. The driver of a road vehicle exempt from the requirement to be equipped with stop lights, or on which such lights are defective, must signal his intention to stop his vehicle or to reduce its speed by extending his forearm vertically downwards outside the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 374.

375. In cases described in sections 372 to 374, the driver of a road vehicle must signal his intention without interruption for a sufficient distance to avoid endangering the safety of other users of the public highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 375.

376. The driver of a road vehicle passing another vehicle must signal his intention by means of his turn-signal lights and may also signal his intention by flashing his headlights.

1986, c. 91, s. 376.

377. No person may use the flashing emergency lights of a road vehicle except for reasons of safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 377.

378. The driver of an emergency vehicle shall not operate the flashing or rotating lights, the sound producing device or the traffic-light changing device referred to in section 255 with which his vehicle is equipped except in the performance of his duties and if required by the circumstances.

In such a case, the driver is not bound to comply with the provisions of section 310, the first paragraph of section 326.1, or of sections 328, 342, 346, 347, 359, 360, 364, 365, 367, 368, 371, 381 to 384 and 386.

1986, c. 91, s. 378; 1990, c. 83, s. 147.

379. The driver of a road vehicle shall not operate the flashing or rotating amber lights with which his vehicle is equipped except in the performance of his duties and if so required by the circumstances.

1986, c. 91, s. 379.

DIVISION II STOPPING

380. No person may leave a child under 7 years of age unattended in a road vehicle under his custody.

1986, c. 91, s. 380.

381. No person may leave unattended a road vehicle that is in his custody without previously removing the ignition key and locking the doors.

1986, c. 91, s. 381.

381.1. In addition to public highways, sections 380 and 381 apply on private roads open to public vehicular traffic, as well as on land occupied by shopping centres and other land where public traffic is allowed.

1990, c. 83, s. 148.

382. Except in case of necessity, no person may stop a road vehicle in such a manner that it will block a sign or signal, obstruct traffic, hinder the performance of work or the maintenance of highways or prevent access to any property.

1986, c. 91, s. 382.

383. Unless otherwise indicated by the person responsible for the maintenance of the highway, a road vehicle must be parked not more than 30 centimetres from the near edge of the roadway and facing the same way as the traffic.

Where a road vehicle is parked on a slope, the emergency brake must be applied and the front wheels must be turned so that if such vehicle moves ahead of its own momentum, it will do so toward the near edge of the roadway.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a motorcycle or moped may be angle-parked against the near edge of the roadway, in the same direction as the traffic, so that if the vehicle moves of its own momentum it will do so toward the near edge of the roadway.

1986, c. 91, s. 383.

384. No person may stop a road vehicle on the roadway of a public highway where the maximum speed allowed is 70 km/h or more, unless in a case of necessity or when authorized to do so by signs or signals.

1986, c. 91, s. 384; 1990, c. 83, s. 149.

385. If the driver of a road vehicle stops his vehicle at night on a roadway out of necessity, the driver must keep his parking lights or flashing emergency lights on, or signal the presence of his vehicle by means of lamps, reflectors or flares visible from not less than 150 metres and used in accordance with the norms prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 385.

386. Except in cases of necessity or where another provision of this Code permits it, no person may stop a road vehicle

(1)  on a sidewalk or the median strip of a roadway;

(2)  less than 5 metres from a fire hydrant or a stop sign;

(3)  less than 5 metres from a police or fire station, or less than 8 metres from such a building and on the opposite side of the street;

(4)  at an intersection, on a pedestrian crosswalk clearly identified as such and on a level crossing or less than 5 metres therefrom;

(5)  in a loading and unloading zone or a zone reserved exclusively for road vehicles assigned to public transportation, and clearly identified as such;

(6)  on an elevated lane, a bridge or a viaduct, or in a tunnel;

(7)  on a limited access highway, at an entrance to or exit from such a highway or on an access ramp;

(7.1)  in a traffic lane reserved exclusively for certain vehicles;

(8)  in front of a sidewalk ramp specially built for handicapped persons;

(9)  at any place where parking is prohibited by a sign erected in accordance with this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 386; 1987, c. 94, s. 57; 1990, c. 83, s. 150; 1993, c. 42, s. 7.

387. Notwithstanding the prohibitions provided in section 386, the driver of a road vehicle used for the transportation of a handicapped person may stop his vehicle to take on or discharge that person, if it can be done in safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 387.

388. No person may stop a road vehicle in a parking space reserved for the exclusive use of handicapped persons unless the vehicle bears either of the following stickers or plates:

(1)  an identification sticker issued in accordance with section 11;

(2)  (subparagraph repealed);

(3)  any form of identification sticker or plate for handicapped persons issued by another administrative authority in Canada or the United States.

In addition to public highways, this section applies on private roads open to public vehicular traffic, as well as on land occupied by shopping centres and other land where public traffic is allowed.

1986, c. 91, s. 388; 1987, c. 94, s. 58; 1990, c. 83, s. 151; 1997, c. 49, s. 7.

389. No person may exceed or allow another person to exceed the number of hours of driving or hours of service prescribed by regulation with respect to a motor vehicle weighing 3,000 kg or less, or in violation of the standards, conditions and procedures prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 389; 1987, c. 94, s. 59; 1998, c. 40, s. 94.

390. A peace officer may cause any road vehicle stopped in contravention of the provisions of this division to be removed and impounded in the nearest suitable place at the owner’s expense.

1986, c. 91, s. 390.

391. No person may abandon a road vehicle on a public highway, on a private road open to public vehicular traffic, as well as on land occupied by shopping centres and other land where public traffic is allowed.

1986, c. 91, s. 391; 1990, c. 83, s. 152.

392. A peace officer may cause any road vehicle abandoned on a highway or on any land referred to in section 391 to be removed and impounded in the nearest suitable place at the owner’s expense.

1986, c. 91, s. 392; 1990, c. 83, s. 153.

393. When a peace officer impounds an abandoned vehicle, he must make reasonable inquiries to trace the owner, and notify the Public Curator.

If the owner of an abandoned vehicle has not been found 30 days after the vehicle was impounded, the vehicle is entrusted to the management of the Public Curator, who may dispose of it at will; in such case, the Curator is responsible for ordinary costs of impoundment.

1986, c. 91, s. 393.

394. Sections 391 to 393 also apply to a road vehicle abandoned on a private road or on private land where public access is not authorized, if the owner of that road or land requests a peace officer to remove the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 394; 1990, c. 83, s. 154.

DIVISION III SEAT BELTS

395. No person shall drive a road vehicle in which the seat belt, as referred to in section 250, provided for the driver or for the seat occupied by a passenger has been removed, modified or rendered inoperative.

1986, c. 91, s. 395.

396. Every person 5 years of age or over must, while in a moving road vehicle, wear, properly fastened, the seat belt with which his seat is equipped.

However, the first paragraph does not apply

(1)  to a person driving his vehicle in reverse;

(2)  to a taxi driver who, in performing his functions, drives his vehicle on a numbered public highway the speed limit of which is established by a municipality or on an unnumbered public highway;

(3)  to a person exempted by the Société from wearing a seat belt in accordance with section 398 of this Code.

This section applies, in addition to public highways, to highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles.

1986, c. 91, s. 396; 1990, c. 83, s. 155; 1998, c. 40, s. 95.

397. Every child under 5 years of age who occupies, in a road vehicle other than a taxi, a seat that is required to be equipped with a seat belt, must be restrained by another safety device that conforms to the standards of installation and use prescribed by regulation, unless he wears, properly fastened, the seat belt with which his seat is equipped.

This section applies, in addition to public highways, to highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles.

1986, c. 91, s. 397; 1998, c. 40, s. 96.

398. The Société may, on the advice of the Comité consultatif sur la santé des conducteurs, issue a certificate exempting a person from wearing a seat belt, where justified by exceptional medical reasons. The Comité shall base its advice on the written recommendation of a medical specialist given after examining the person requesting exemption from wearing a seat belt.

1986, c. 91, s. 398; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 156; 1996, c. 56, s. 85.

399. A medical certificate exempting a person from wearing a seat belt is valid for the period determined by the Société.

However, a medical certificate issued before 15 November 1990 shall remain valid for a period of two years from its date of issue.

1986, c. 91, s. 399; 1990, c. 83, s. 157.

400. To be exempt from wearing a seat belt, the holder of a medical certificate must have the certificate with him and, on request, show it to a peace officer who will return it after completing his examination.

1986, c. 91, s. 400.

401. No person may drive a road vehicle in which a passenger under 16 years of age who does not fulfil the obligations prescribed under this division.

1986, c. 91, s. 401.

DIVISION IV OTHER RULES RESPECTING VEHICULAR TRAFFIC

402. Unless otherwise directed by a sign or signal, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must, at an intersection or junction, yield the right of way to any vehicle moving on his right on the roadway he is about to cross or enter where the vehicle or cyclist is so close that crossing or entering the roadway would constitute a hazard.

1986, c. 91, s. 402.

403. Notwithstanding section 402, the driver of a road vehicle who enters a limited access highway must yield the right of way to a vehicle moving on the highway and that is so close that entering it would constitute a hazard.

1986, c. 91, s. 403.

404. The driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle who leaves private property to cross or enter a public highway must yield the right of way to any vehicle or pedestrian moving on the highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 404.

405. The driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle on a public highway who is about to enter private property must yield the right of way to any road vehicle, cyclist or pedestrian moving on the highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 405.

406. The driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must make way for an emergency vehicle whose lights or sound producing device are in operation by reducing speed, keeping as far to the right as practicable and, if necessary, bringing his vehicle to a standstill.

1986, c. 91, s. 406.

407. On a public highway where the maximum speed allowed is less than 70 km/h, the driver of a road vehicle must yield the right of way to a bus when the driver of the bus is flashing his turn-signal lights for re-entering the lane in which he was moving before he stopped.

The obligation to yield the right of way applies only to drivers of road vehicles moving in the lane that the driver of the bus is about to re-enter.

The driver of a bus must not flash his turn-signal lights until he is about to re-enter the lane, after ascertaining that he can do so in safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 407; 1990, c. 83, s. 158.

408. The driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must yield the right of way to a pedestrian who is crossing a roadway facing a white signal or a flashing pedestrian light.

1986, c. 91, s. 408.

409. At an intersection regulated by traffic lights, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must yield the right of way to a pedestrian facing a green light.

1986, c. 91, s. 409.

410. Where a pedestrian enters a pedestrian crosswalk, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must stop his vehicle to allow the pedestrian to cross the roadway.

1986, c. 91, s. 410.

411. At a level crossing, the driver of a road vehicle or any person riding a bicycle must stop his vehicle not less than 5 metres from the railway where a sign or signal, a lowered gate or a railway employee signals an approaching rail vehicle, or where the driver or cyclist sees or hears a rail vehicle approaching the level crossing.

1986, c. 91, s. 411.

412. Even if so authorized by traffic lights, no driver of a road vehicle may enter a level crossing if there is not sufficient space ahead of the vehicle to allow him to cross the level crossing.

1986, c. 91, s. 412.

413. The driver of a bus, minibus or road vehicle carrying certain categories of dangerous substances determined by regulation must stop his vehicle not less than 5 metres from any level crossing. The driver may then proceed only after ascertaining that he may do so in safety.

The driver is exempt from the obligations under the first paragraph at level crossings where so indicated by a sign or signal.

1986, c. 91, s. 413.

414. The Minister of Transport may, by an order published in the Gazette officielle du Québec, designate certain level crossings where the driver of a road vehicle referred to in section 413 is exempt from the obligations under the said section.

1986, c. 91, s. 414.

415. In no case may the driver of a road vehicle enter or leave a limited access highway except at such entrances or exits as may be determined by the person responsible for its maintenance.

1986, c. 91, s. 415.

416. In no case may the driver of a road vehicle drive his vehicle in reverse on a limited access highway or on an entrance or exit ramp.

1986, c. 91, s. 416.

417. In no case may the driver of a road vehicle drive his vehicle in reverse unless he can do so in safety and without obstructing traffic.

This section applies on private roads open to public vehicular traffic and on land occupied by shopping centres or other land where public traffic is allowed, as weel as on public highways.

1986, c. 91, s. 417; 1996, c. 56, s. 86.

417.1. In no case may a person driving a road vehicle subject to a toll pass through a tollgate without depositing the sum prescribed by a government regulation made under section 43 of the Act respecting roads (chapter V-9).

1992, c. 54, s. 60.

418. In no case may the driver of a road vehicle drive on the shoulder of a public highway except in case of necessity or unless so directed by a sign or signal.

1986, c. 91, s. 418.

419. The Minister of Transport may, by an order published in the Gazette officielle du Québec, determine the locations where the movement of all or some road vehicles designated by him is restricted or prohibited by reason of thawing, rain, erosion or flooding and the periods during which such measures apply.

1986, c. 91, s. 419.

420. A peace officer may prohibit access to a public highway to all or certain road vehicles if so justified by an emergency.

1986, c. 91, s. 420.

421. No person may drive a vehicle to which a restrictive or prohibitive measure under section 419 or 420 applies, during such periods and in such locations as are determined under the said sections.

1986, c. 91, s. 421.

421.1. No person may drive on a public highway a road vehicle exempted from registration or carrying a registration plate of the category prescribed by regulation, issued for road vehicles used exclusively on private land or roads and not intended to be driven on public highways.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the driver of such a vehicle, except a vehicle with metal caterpillar tracks other than an off-highway trail maintenance vehicle referred to in section 35 of the Act respecting off-highway vehicles (chapter V-1.2), is authorized to cross a public highway, other than a limited access highway, or to operate an off-highway vehicle on a public highway on the conditions set out in that Act.

1987, c. 94, s. 60; 1990, c. 83, s. 159; 1996, c. 56, s. 87; 1996, c. 60, s. 75.

422. No person may drive a road vehicle in a race with another vehicle, or for a wager or a stake except in the case of a rally conducted in conformity with the standards prescribed in a regulation made or approved by the Minister of Municipal Affairs and Greater Montréal pursuant to the Act respecting safety in sports (chapter S-3.1).

1986, c. 91, s. 422; 1997, c. 79, s. 44; 1999, c. 43, s. 13.

423. Subject to section 224, no person may drive a road vehicle equipped with turned on white lights projecting a light beam toward the rear.

1986, c. 91, s. 423.

424. The driver of a road vehicle must, at night or whenever atmospheric conditions require it, turn on the headlights and integrated lights of his vehicle.

The first paragraph also applies to the person riding a bicycle with respect to the lights with which his bicycle must be equipped.

1986, c. 91, s. 424.

425. The driver of a road vehicle must dim the lights on the front of his vehicle when he is less than 150 metres from a vehicle approaching in the opposite direction, when he is less than 150 metres behind another vehicle that he is following or when he is moving on a highway that is sufficiently lighted.

1986, c. 91, s. 425.

426. In no case may the driver of a road vehicle allow more passengers in his vehicle than there are places available for them to sit.

The first paragraph does not apply to the driver of a bus or minibus other than a bus or minibus used for the transportation of school children

(1)  where the bus or minibus is used in an urban area;

(2)  where the bus or minibus is used outside an urban area, provided that the number of passengers in excess of the number of seats available is not greater that the number of rows of seats.

1986, c. 91, s. 426; 1987, c. 94, s. 61.

427. No person may drive a road vehicle if the front seat is occupied by more than three persons or if more than two persons are seated in the front of a vehicle equipped with chair seats.

1986, c. 91, s. 427.

428. No person may occupy a trailer or semi-trailer in motion or tolerate such practice.

Where a trailer or a semi-trailer is specially designed and equipped for the transportation of persons, it may be used for that purpose in parades or other popular events provided the highway used is closed to all other traffic.

1986, c. 91, s. 428.

429. No person may get on, in, off or out of a road vehicle in motion or tolerate such practice.

1986, c. 91, s. 429.

430. No person may open the door of a road vehicle until the vehicle is stopped and he has ascertained that it can be done in safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 430.

431. No person may leave the door of a road vehicle open except to take on or discharge passengers or to load or unload property.

1986, c. 91, s. 431.

432. The driver of a bus or minibus must, when taking on or discharging passengers, stop his vehicle on the extreme right of the roadway or in the zones provided for that purpose.

1986, c. 91, s. 432.

433. No person may ride on the running board or on any outer part of a vehicle in motion, or ride in the box or dump body of a vehicle in motion, or tolerate such a practice.

However, a person may, in order to perform his duties, stand on any outer part of a vehicle designed for such use.

1986, c. 91, s. 433; 1996, c. 56, s. 88.

434. No person may hold on or hang on to a road vehicle in motion.

In no case may the driver of a road vehicle allow a person to hold on or hang on to his vehicle when it is in motion.

1986, c. 91, s. 434.

435. The driver of a road vehicle shall not make his tires squeal, except in case of necessity.

In addition to public highways, this section applies on private roads open to public vehicular traffic, as well as on land occupied by shopping centres and other land where public traffic is allowed.

1986, c. 91, s. 435; 1990, c. 83, s. 160.

436. The driver of a road vehicle shall not brake suddenly, unless compelled to do so for safety reasons.

1986, c. 91, s. 436.

437. No person may use a road vehicle for drawing another road vehicle the wheels of which remain on the ground, unless the vehicle is firmly held by a bar.

1986, c. 91, s. 437.

437.1. No person may draw a trailer or semi-trailer without using an adequate coupling device. Furthermore, the lights, braking system, chains, cables and any other safety device on the trailer or semi-trailer must be connected to the towing vehicle and be in proper working condition.

However, the obligations concerning the braking system referred to in the first paragraph do not apply to a tow truck which, on the request of a peace officer or for safety reasons, must move a trailer or semi-trailer that has a damaged braking system to the nearest safe area.

1990, c. 83, s. 161; 1998, c. 40, s. 98.

437.2. No person may draw a combination of road vehicles unless, at the request of a peace officer or for safety reasons, the combination of road vehicles must be moved to the nearest safe area.

1998, c. 40, s. 98.

438. No person may remove or tow a damaged road vehicle, unless he also removes any object detached from it.

1986, c. 91, s. 438.

439. No person may drive a road vehicle in which a television set or a display screen is so placed that the image broadcast on the screen is directly or indirectly visible to the driver, except in the case of a closed circuit system used by the driver to operate the vehicle, or a system used by a peace officer or the driver of a road vehicle used as an ambulance, in accordance with the Public Health Protection Act (chapter P-35), in the performance of their duties.

1986, c. 91, s. 439; 1996, c. 56, s. 89.

440. In no case may the driver of a road vehicle or person riding a bicycle use headphones or earphones.

This section does not apply to a device used in conversational exchanges among its users to the extent that the device allows surrounding traffic noises to be heard.

1986, c. 91, s. 440.

441. No person may drive a road vehicle on which a tire is equipped with non-skid studs or with any other device that may damage the roadway.

The Minister of Transport may, by an order published in the Gazette officielle du Québec, authorize, under the conditions and for the period he determines, the use of certain types of non-skid devices for such road vehicles as he may designate.

1986, c. 91, s. 441.

442. No person may drive a road vehicle in which a passenger, an animal or an object is so placed as to obstruct the driver’s view or to interfere with the proper handling of the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 442.

443. No occupant of a road vehicle may drink alcoholic beverages therein.

In addition to public highways, this section applies on private roads open to public vehicular traffic, as well as on land occupied by shopping centres and other land where public traffic is allowed.

1986, c. 91, s. 443; 1990, c. 83, s. 162.

CHAPTER III SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO PEDESTRIANS

444. At an intersection where there are pedestrian lights, pedestrians must comply therewith.

A pedestrian facing a white signal may cross the roadway.

A pedestrian facing an orange signal may in no case start across the roadway.

A pedestrian facing a flashing signal and having started across the roadway must proceed quickly to the sidewalk or safety zone.

1986, c. 91, s. 444.

445. Where there are no pedestrian lights, pedestrians must comply with the traffic lights.

1986, c. 91, s. 445.

446. At a pedestrian crosswalk not situated at an intersection regulated by traffic lights, a pedestrian must, before crossing the roadway, ascertain that he can do so in safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 446.

447. Where there are no clearly identified intersections or pedestrian crosswalks in the immediate area, a pedestrian crossing a public highway must yield the right of way to the road vehicles and cyclists moving on it.

1986, c. 91, s. 447.

448. No pedestrian may stand on the roadway to solicit transportation or to deal with the occupant of a vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 448.

449. No pedestrian may solicit transportation where passing is prohibited.

1986, c. 91, s. 449.

450. If there is an intersection or a pedestrian crosswalk nearby, a pedestrian may cross a public highway only at such a place.

1986, c. 91, s. 450.

451. No pedestrian may cross diagonally at an intersection unless he is authorized to do so by a sign or by a peace officer or school crossing guard.

1986, c. 91, s. 451; 1996, c. 56, s. 90.

452. Where there is a sidewalk bordering the roadway, a pedestrian must use it.

Where it is impossible to use the sidewalk, a pedestrian may walk alongside the curb on the roadway after ascertaining that he can do so in safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 452.

453. Where there is no sidewalk bordering a roadway, a pedestrian must walk along the side of the roadway and in the direction opposite to that of vehicular traffic after ascertaining that he can do so in safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 453.

453.1. No pedestrian may walk along a limited access highway or along any of its entrance or exit ways, except in a case of necessity. He may, however, cross such a highway at any intersection where traffic lights are installed.

1990, c. 83, s. 163.

CHAPTER IV SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN VEHICLES

DIVISION I VEHICLES USED FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF SCHOOL CHILDREN

454. This division applies to the transportation of school children except transportation carried out under a permit issued to that effect by the Commission des transports du Québec and for which a bus or a minibus other than a bus or a minibus used for the transportation of school children within the meaning of a government regulation made under the Transport Act (chapter T-12) may be used.

1986, c. 91, s. 454.

455. The driver of a bus or minibus used for the transportation of school children shall ascertain that every person is seated before setting his vehicle in motion and remains seated while it is in motion.

1986, c. 91, s. 455.

456. The driver of a bus or minibus used for the transportation of school children must, when stopping to take on or discharge persons, give warning by turning on the flashing lights and activate the compulsory stop signal referred to in section 229 and keep them in operation until the persons have reached safety.

1986, c. 91, s. 456; 1993, c. 42, s. 8.

457. Where two or more buses or minibuses used for the transportation of school children are stopped in single file and the driver of one of the vehicles is taking on or discharging persons, the driver of every following bus or minibus must turn on the flashing lights of his own vehicle and activate the compulsory stop signal.

1986, c. 91, s. 457; 1993, c. 42, s. 9.

458. The driver of a bus or minibus used for the transportation of school children shall not turn on the flashing lights of his vehicle or activate the compulsory stop signal except in the circumstances set out in sections 456 and 457.

1986, c. 91, s. 458; 1993, c. 42, s. 10.

459. No person may operate the flashing lights of a vehicle or activate the compulsory stop signal when the vehicle is not used to carry out transportation to which this division applies.

1986, c. 91, s. 459; 1993, c. 42, s. 11.

460. The driver of a road vehicle who is approaching a bus or minibus used for the transportation of school children with flashing lights turned on or whose compulsory stop signal has been activated must stop his vehicle more than 5 metres from the bus or minibus and shall not proceed in either direction until the flashing lights are turned off and the compulsory stop signal has been retracted, and he ascertains that he can do so in safety.

The first paragraph does not apply to a road vehicle meeting a bus or minibus used for the transportation of school children on an adjacent roadway separated by a median strip or by any other raised physical separation.

1986, c. 91, s. 460; 1993, c. 42, s. 12.

461. The first paragraph of section 426 and sections 455 to 460 apply, at all times, to the transportation of persons under 18 years of age by bus or minibus usually used for the transportation of school children within the meaning of a government regulation made under the Transport Act (chapter T-12).

1986, c. 91, s. 461.

DIVISION II OUTSIZED AND LOADED VEHICLES

462. For the purposes of this division and unless the context indicates otherwise,

(1)  “axle load” means the mass measured under the wheels of an axle or of the axles included in a class established by regulation or, where there is no axle, the mass measured under the wheel assemblies in lieu of axles and included in such a class, resulting from the distribution on such wheels of the mass of a road vehicle or combination of road vehicles, including accessories, equipment and load;

(2)  “total loaded mass” means the mass of a road vehicle or combination of road vehicles, including accessories, equipment and load;

(3)  “outsized vehicle” means

(a)  a road vehicle or a combination of road vehicles the axle load, the total loaded mass, or one dimension of which does not conform to the standards established by regulation; or

(b)  a combination of road vehicles made up of more than four motorized road vehicles or chassis of motor vehicles, or of more than three vehicles, a detachable axle supporting a semi-trailer not being considered when calculating the number of vehicles making up the combination.

The axle load may be expressed as the sum of the units of mass measured under each outside wheel or under each wheel of an axle or of the axles included in one category.

The total loaded mass may be expressed as the aggregate of the axle loads.

1986, c. 91, s. 462; 1990, c. 83, s. 164; 1993, c. 42, s. 13; 1995, c. 25, s. 7.

463. No owner or lessee of an outsized vehicle or operator subject to Title VIII.1 who is responsible for an outsized vehicle may allow that vehicle to be driven before he has obtained a special permit issued for that purpose.

The special permit shall be issued on the conditions and subject to the formalities established by regulation and on payment of the duties and fees prescribed by regulation. However, no special permit may be issued by the Société except to authorize the driving of a vehicle that is outsized by reason of its construction, assembly as a road train, or by reason of the indivisible nature of its load.

Where the applicant cannot meet the conditions referred to in the second paragraph and where justified by exceptional circumstances, a special permit may be issued by the Minister under section 633 on the conditions and on payment of the duties fixed by him.

1986, c. 91, s. 463; 1987, c. 94, s. 63; 1990, c. 83, s. 165; 1993, c. 42, s. 14; 1998, c. 40, s. 99.

464. No person may drive an outsized vehicle unless he carries with him the special permit.

1986, c. 91, s. 464.

Not in force

464.1. No person other than the holder of an escort permit may provide escort service for an outsized vehicle required to travel under escort by the conditions attached to the special permit authorizing it to be driven.

1990, c. 83, s. 166.

Not in force

464.2. Every driver of a vehicle escorting an outsized vehicle in the circumstances described in section 464.1 must carry an escort permit with him.

1990, c. 83, s. 166.

465. The holder of a special permit is liable for any damage caused to the public highways as a result of the use of an outsized vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 465.

466. Where a peace officer has reasonable grounds to believe that a road vehicle or a combination of road vehicles is an outsized vehicle, he may stop the vehicle or combination of vehicles and require the driver to allow it to be weighed or, as the case may be, facilitate its measurement.

Furthermore, the peace officer may require the vehicle or combination of vehicles to be driven to a location where it can be weighed or measured, provided it is not over 15 kilometres from the place of interception.

1986, c. 91, s. 466; 1990, c. 83, s. 167.

467. The axle load and the total loaded mass of a road vehicle or combination of road vehicles are determined by means of devices designed for that purpose, approved by the Minister of Transport and used in the manner he determines.

The fact that a measuring device has been approved by the Minister of Transport and used in the manner he has determined is proof, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, that the device has determined accurately the mass under a wheel, the axle load or the total loaded mass at the time the offence is alleged to have been committed.

1986, c. 91, s. 467; 1990, c. 83, s. 168.

468. Where a peace officer has established that a road vehicle or combination of road vehicles is an outsized vehicle, he may require it to be driven to a suitable place and held at the expense of the owner, or of the operator in the case of a heavy vehicle, until it is made to conform to the norms of this Code, or until the driver in possession of a special permit.

Every driver must comply with the peace officer’s requirement.

1986, c. 91, s. 468; 1990, c. 83, s. 169; 1996, c. 56, s. 91; 1998, c. 40, s. 100.

469. The part of the load removed to bring an outsized vehicle into conformity with this Code remains the responsibility of the operator of a heavy vehicle or the owner of the load.

1986, c. 91, s. 469; 1998, c. 40, s. 101.

470. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 470; 1990, c. 83, s. 170; 1998, c. 40, s. 102.

471. No person may drive or allow to be driven a road vehicle carrying a load

(1)  that is not solidly secured or adequately covered so as to prevent any part of the load from moving or detaching itself from the vehicle;

(2)  that is placed, secured or covered in a manner that reduces the driver’s field of vision or blocks the lights of the vehicle;

(3)  that is placed, secured or covered in a manner that interferes with the stability or handling of the vehicle;

(4)  that is not placed, secured or covered in accordance with the regulation respecting the securing of loads.

Subparagraphs 1, 2 and 3 apply on highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles.

1986, c. 91, s. 471; 1990, c. 83, s. 171; 1998, c. 40, s. 103.

472. Where a peace officer has reasonable grounds to believe that the load of a road vehicle may present a hazard, he may require that the vehicle be impounded in a suitable place, at the expense of the owner or the operator of a heavy vehicle until the situation has been corrected.

Every driver must comply with the peace officer’s requirement.

1986, c. 91, s. 472; 1996, c. 56, s. 92; 1998, c. 40, s. 104.

473. No owner or lessee of a road vehicle or operator of a heavy vehicle shall allow a road vehicle or combination of road vehicles to be operated if its load or equipment exceeds its width, including the width of its mandatory accessories, or exceeds its length by more than 1 metre at the front or 2 metres at the rear.

However, a special permit may be issued

(1)  to authorize equipment or a load of an indivisible nature where the person meets the requirements of a regulation under paragraph 20 of section 621 ;

(2)  to authorize equipment or any load where the person meets the conditions of an authorization by the Minister under section 633.

This section does not apply to road vehicles used to level, clear or mark the roadway when they are being operated for construction or maintenance work on a public highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 473; 1990, c. 83, s. 172; 1993, c. 42, s. 15; 1998, c. 40, s. 105.

473.1. No person may drive a vehicle or combination of vehicles referred to in section 473 unless he carries with him a special permit for that purpose.

1990, c. 83, s. 172.

473.2. Within the scope of the powers conferred on him by virtue of sections 466, 468 and 472, a peace officer may demand the registration certificate and remove the registration plates of a vehicle. The driver is bound to comply without delay with these requirements.

The peace officer shall issue a receipt to the driver of the vehicle. He shall keep the confiscated documents if the situation may be corrected within a reasonable time, and shall in other cases hand them over to the Société.

The peace officer or the Société, as the case may be, must return the documents to the driver or to the owner of the vehicle as soon as the situation is corrected in accordance with the law.

1990, c. 83, s. 172.

474. No person may drive a road vehicle or combination of road vehicles whose load or equipment extends beyond the rear of the road vehicle or combination of road vehicles by more than 1 metre at its farthest point unless a red flag or a reflector panel, and, at night, a red light visible from behind and from the sides for not less than 150 metres is installed at the farthest point. The flag or reflector panel and their installation must comply with any standards that may be prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 474; 1990, c. 83, s. 173.

475. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 475; 1990, c. 83, s. 174; 1998, c. 40, s. 106.

476. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 476; 1996, c. 56, s. 94; 1998, c. 40, s. 106.

DIVISION III MOTORCYCLES, MOPEDS AND BICYCLES

477. The driver of a motorcycle or moped must remain seated on the seat and keep hold of the handlebars.

A person riding a bicycle must sit astride the bicycle and keep hold of the handlebars.

1986, c. 91, s. 477.

478. No person may drive a motorcycle or a moped or ride a bicycle between two lines of vehicles moving on contiguous lanes.

1986, c. 91, s. 478.

479. No person may drive a motorcycle equipped with a motor having a piston displacement of not over 125 cc or a moped or ride a bicycle or any other non-motorized vehicle on a limited access highway or on an entrance or exit ramps.

1986, c. 91, s. 479.

480. No driver of a motorcycle or moped may carry any other person thereon unless his vehicle is equipped with permanently fixed seats designed for that purpose and with foot-rests fixed on each side of the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 480.

481. The passenger of a motorcycle or moped shall be seated facing the handlebars and with both feet on the foot-rests while the vehicle is in motion.

1986, c. 91, s. 481.

482. The driver of a motorcycle or moped must keep the white headlight of his vehicle on at all times.

1986, c. 91, s. 482.

483. Drivers of motorcycles or mopeds driving in groups of two or more in one traffic lane must drive in zigzag formation.

1986, c. 91, s. 483.

484. Every person riding on a motorcycle or moped or in a sidecar must wear a protective helmet that complies with the standards prescribed by regulation.

Such persons must, if so requested by a peace officer, allow him to examine their protective helmets.

No person may drive a road vehicle carrying a passenger under 16 years of age who does not fulfil the obligations imposed on him by this section.

1986, c. 91, s. 484; 1990, c. 83, s. 175.

485. No person riding a bicycle may take a passenger unless his vehicle is equipped with a fixed seat for that purpose.

1986, c. 91, s. 485.

486. When riding in groups of two or more, cyclists must keep in single file; in no case may such a file be composed of more than 15 cyclists.

1986, c. 91, s. 486.

487. Subject to section 492, every person on a bicycle must ride on the extreme right-hand side of the roadway in the same direction as traffic, except where that space is obstructed or when he is about to make a left turn.

1986, c. 91, s. 487; 1990, c. 83, s. 176.

488. All cyclists must comply with all traffic signs and signals.

1986, c. 91, s. 488.

489. No person may drink alcoholic beverages while riding a bicycle.

1986, c. 91, s. 489.

490. Every person riding a bicycle must signal his intention without interruption for a sufficient distance so as not to endanger the safety of other users of the public highway and must

(1)  to stop or reduce speed, extend his left forearm vertically downwards;

(2)  to make a right turn, extend his left forearm vertically upwards or extend his right arm horizontally;

(3)  to make a left turn, extend his left arm horizontally.

1986, c. 91, s. 490.

491. Subject to section 479, no person may ride a bicycle on a public highway on which the maximum speed allowed is over 50 km/h unless

(1)  he uses a cycle lane separated from the roadway and specially laid out to prevent vehicles from crossing over from the roadway to the cycle lane or vice versa, or having that effect;

(2)  he is 12 years of age or over; or

(3)  he is taking part in an excursion led by a person of full age.

1986, c. 91, s. 491; 1996, c. 56, s. 95.

492. Where the public highway includes a cycle lane, cyclists must use it.

1986, c. 91, s. 492; 1990, c. 83, s. 179.

492.1. In no case may the driver of a motorcycle or moped or a person riding a bicycle drive or ride on a sidewalk except where necessary or where so directed by a sign.

1987, c. 94, s. 64.

CHAPTER V SPECIAL PROVISIONS RESPECTING ANIMALS

493. No person may allow farm animals on or across a public highway unless the animals are escorted by two persons, each of them holding a red flag in full view.

The Government may, by regulation, determine conditions under which a person may allow farm animals across a public highway without being required to comply with the first paragraph.

1986, c. 91, s. 493.

494. No person may allow farm animals on or across a public highway at night.

1986, c. 91, s. 494.

495. No person may allow farm animals on or across a limited access highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 495.

496. No person may ride a horse

(1)  on a limited access highway or on an entrance or exit ramp;

(2)  on any part of a public highway where a sign prohibits it.

1986, c. 91, s. 496; 1987, c. 94, s. 65.

CHAPTER VI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS RESPECTING THE USE OF PUBLIC HIGHWAYS

497. No person may, in residential areas where the speed limit is 50 km/h or under, drive a road vehicle of a net mass of over 900 kg fitted with snow blowing equipment, except under the supervision of a person preceding the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 497.

498. No person may dispose of, deposit or throw snow, ice or any other substance upon a public highway or allow any other person to do so or, when driving a vehicle, allow snow, ice or any other substance to fall from the vehicle onto a public highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 498; 1996, c. 56, s. 96.

499. No person may use skates, skis, skateboard or a toy vehicle on the roadway.

1986, c. 91, s. 499.

500. No person may obstruct traffic by means of an obstacle on a public highway or on a road being used as an alternate route for traffic diverted from a public highway even if the alternate route is situated on private property. Signs and signals referred to in the first paragraph of section 289 do not constitute an obstacle within the meaning of this section.

A peace officer is authorized to remove or cause to be removed any such obstacle at the owner’s expense.

1986, c. 91, s. 500; 1990, c. 83, s. 180.

501. (Replaced).

1986, c. 91, s. 501; 1990, c. 83, s. 180.

502. No person may install on private property a lighting system that can interfere with the vision of drivers of road vehicles on a public highway.

1986, c. 91, s. 502.

503. The person responsible for the maintenance of a public highway may, if he believes on reasonable grounds that a lighting system is installed on private property in contravention of section 502, issue a notice to the owner requiring him to remove or modify the system within 48 hours.

If the contravener fails to comply with the notice, the person responsible for the maintenance of the highway remove the lighting system at the owner’s expense.

1986, c. 91, s. 503.

CHAPTER VII PENAL PROVISIONS

504. Every person riding a bicycle who contravenes any of sections 346, 349, 350 to 364, 367 to 371, 402, 404 to 406, 408 to 411, 421, the second paragraph of section 424, any of sections 477 to 479 and any of sections 485 to 492.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $15 to $30.

1986, c. 91, s. 504; 1987, c. 94, s. 66; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

505. Every pedestrian who contravenes any of sections 444 to 453.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $15 to $30.

1986, c. 91, s. 505; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 181.

506. Every person who contravenes section 324, the second paragraph of section 325, any of sections 336, 339, 351 to 358, 366, 372 to 376, 381 to 385, paragraphs 1 to 7, 8 and 9 of section 386, section 387, the third paragraph of section 407, any of sections 412, 417, 426 to 436, 439, 440, 442, 480 to 482, 493 and 499 and every person other than a person riding a bicycle who contravenes section 477 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $30 to $60.

Notwithstanding the first paragraph, the driver of a bus or minibus used for the transportation of school children who contravenes section 426 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

1986, c. 91, s. 506; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 182; 1993, c. 42, s. 16; 1996, c. 56, s. 97.

507. Every person who contravenes any of sections 321, 323, 330, 377 to 380, 403, 425, 437, 438, the first paragraph of section 441, any of sections 494 to 496, 498 and the first paragraph of section 500, and every person other than a person riding a bicycle who contravenes any of sections 361, 402, 406, 424 and 492.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $60 to $100.

1986, c. 91, s. 507; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 183.

508. Every person who contravenes any of sections 396, 401 and 484 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $80 to $100.

1986, c. 91, s. 508; 1987, c. 94, s. 67; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 184.

509. Every person who contravenes any of sections 320, 322, 326, 331, 335, 365, paragraph 7.1 of section 386, section 388 or section 391, the first paragraph of section 407, any of sections 415, 416, 417.1, 418, 421.1, 473.1, 483 and 502, and every person other than a person riding a bicycle who contravenes any of sections 349, 350, 359, 360, 362 to 364, 367 to 371, 404, 405, 408 to 411, 421, 478 and 479 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1986, c. 91, s. 509; 1987, c. 94, s. 68; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 185; 1992, c. 54, s. 61; 1993, c. 42, s. 17; 1996, c. 56, s. 98; 1998, c. 40, s. 107.

509.1. Every person who contravenes section 474 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $90 to $270.

1998, c. 40, s. 108.

510. Every person who contravenes any of sections 326.1, 340 to 342, 345, 347, 348, 389, 395, 413, 423, 437.1, 437.2, 455, 458 to 460, 471, the second paragraph of section 472, section 473 or 497 and any person other than a person riding a bicycle who contravenes section 346 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

Every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes the second paragraph of section 472 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1986, c. 91, s. 510; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 186; 1998, c. 40, s. 109.

510.1. Every person who contravenes section 471 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of

(1)  $175 to $525 for an offence under paragraph 2 of that section;

(2)  $350 to $1,050 for an offence under paragraph 1 or 3 of that section;

(3)  $90 to $270, $175 to $525 or $350 to $1,050 for an offence under paragraph 4 of that section and according to the seriousness of the offence as specified by regulation.

1998, c. 40, s. 110.

511. Every occupant of a road vehicle other than a driver who contravenes section 443 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

Every driver of a road vehicle who contravenes section 443 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

1986, c. 91, s. 511; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

512. Every person who contravenes section 327 or 422 or, other than in the case of the driver of a heavy vehicle, the second paragraph of section 468 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

Every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes the second paragraph of section 468 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1986, c. 91, s. 512; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 111.

512.1. Every person who contravenes section 333 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $500 to $1,000.

1990, c. 83, s. 188.

513. Every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes a regulatory provision the violation of which constitutes an offence under paragraph 35 of section 621 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $ 90 to $ 270, $ 175 to $ 525 or $ 350 to $ $ 1 050 according to the seriousness of the offence as specified by regulation. Every driver who fails to comply with a condition fixed under section 633 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525.

Every holder of a special permit who contravenes a regulatory provision the violation of which constitutes an offence under paragraph 35 of section 621 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525, $350 to $1,050 or $700 to $2,100 according to the seriousness of the offence as specified by regulation. Every holder who fails to comply with a condition fixed under section 633 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

However, the fine is

(1)  $175 plus $75 per excess metre if the offence is for exceeding the length limit authorized in the special permit ;

(2)  ) $175 plus $75 per excess 10 centimetres if the offence is for exceeding the width or height limit authorized in the special permit ;

(3)  $600 plus $100 per excess 1,000 kg, not counting the first excess 1,000 kg, if the offence is for exceeding the axle load limit or the total loaded mass authorized in the special permit ;

(4)  an amount corresponding, under section 517.1, to the nature of the offence if a heavy vehicle is stopped on a public highway on which it is not authorized to travel as provided in the special permit, if the vehicle is being operated during the thaw period without special authorization, if the vehicle’s configuration is not the configuration described in the special permit or if the vehicle is travelling on a bridge or viaduct on which the heavy vehicle is not authorized to travel according to a sign or signal specifying the limit on the structure.

Every holder of an escort permit who contravenes a regulatory provision the violation of which constitutes an offence under paragraph 20.3 of section 621 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525, $350 to $1,050 or $700 to $2,100 according to the seriousness of the offence as specified by regulation.

The period of validity of a special permit or escort permit for a heavy vehicle in respect of which an offence was committed is suspended for a period of three months if the holder of the permit commits a second offence while the permit is valid. If a subsequent offence is committed during the same period of validity, the permit is suspended for three months, whether or not the vehicles covered by the permit were the subject of proceedings. The right to obtain a special permit or escort permit, for the same or another heavy vehicle is, for the operator, subject to the rules governing a second or subsequent offence.

If an offence relating to axle load or total loaded mass is committed while the vehicle is travelling on a bridge or viaduct where a sign or signal prohibits overweight vehicles, the fines prescribed in this section are doubled.

1986, c. 91, s. 513; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 189; 1995, c. 25, s. 8; 1998, c. 40, s. 112.

Not in force

513.1. Every person who contravenes section 464.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1990, c. 83, s. 190.

514. Every person who contravenes either of sections 456 and 457 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $2,000.

1986, c. 91, s. 514; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

515. Every person who contravenes section 476 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $600 to $6 000.

1986, c. 91, s. 515; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

516. Every person who contravenes the second paragraph of section 299, section 328 or the third paragraph of section 329 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine which shall be of $15 plus,

(1)  if the speed exceeds the speed limit by 1 to 20 km/h, $10 for each 5 km/h by which the speed exceeds the speed limit;

(2)  if the speed exceeds the speed limit by 21 to 30 km/h, $15 for each 5 km/h by which the speed exceeds the speed limit;

(3)  if the speed exceeds the speed limit by 31 to 45 km/h, $20 for each 5 km/h by which the speed exceeds the speed limit;

(4)  if the speed exceeds the speed limit by 46 to 60 km/h, $25 for each 5 km/h by which the speed exceeds the speed limit;

(5)  if the speed exceeds the speed limit by 61 km/h or more, $30 for each 5 km/h by which the speed exceeds the speed limit.

1986, c. 91, s. 516; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 191.

517. Every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes section 464 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525.

1986, c. 91, s. 517; 1987, c. 94, s. 69; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 192; 1998, c. 40, s. 114.

517.1. Any owner or lessee of an outsized vehicle or any carrier subject to Title VIII.1 who contravenes section 463 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of not less than $300 or, where the road vehicle or combination of road vehicles is outsized in respect of the total loaded mass, to a minimum fine of $100 plus,

(1)  if the total loaded mass exceeds the maximum total loaded mass authorized by less than 5 000 kg, $50 for every 1 000 kg in excess;

(2)  if the total loaded mass exceeds the maximum total loaded mass authorized by 5 000 kg to 10 000 kg, $75 for every 1 000 kg in excess;

(3)  if the total loaded mass exceeds the maximum total loaded mass authorized by more than 10 000 kg, $100 for every 1 000 kg in excess.

However, where the road vehicle or combination of road vehicles is outsized in respect of axle load but not in respect of total loaded mass, the minimum fine is $150.

If a vehicle that is an outsized vehicle with respect to its axle load or total loaded mass is driven on a bridge or viaduct where a sign or signal prohibits outsized vehicles, the fines prescribed in the first paragraph shall be doubled.

1987, c. 94, s. 69; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 193.

517.2. Where the load of a motor vehicle subject to Title VIII.1 is dealt with as a single load chargeable in its entirety to only one consignor and the vehicle is outsized, the consignor is guilty of an offence and is liable

(1)  if the vehicle is outsized in respect of the dimension, to a fine of not less than $300,

(2)  if the vehicle is outsized in respect of the total loaded mass, to a minimum fine of $100, plus,

(a)  if the total loaded mass exceeds the maximum total loaded mass authorized by less than 5 000 kg, $50 for every 1 000 kg in excess;

(b)  if the total loaded mass exceeds the maximum total loaded mass authorized by 5 000 kg to 10 000 kg, $75 for every 1 000 kg in excess;

(c)  if the total loaded mass exceeds the maximum total loaded mass authorized by more than 10 000 kg, $100 for every 1 000 kg in excess.

Proof that the offence was committed by the consignor is, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, proof that the offence took place with the approval and under the direction of the consignor.

For the purposes of this section, the consignor is the person requesting the transportation of goods.

1987, c. 94, s. 69; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

518. The owner of a road vehicle travelling on a public highway whose net mass or number of axles, as the case may be, exceeds what is entered in the register kept by the Société pursuant to section 10 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600 for the first offence and to a fine of $600 to $2,000 for any subsequent offence committed with the same vehicle during the twelve months following the date of conviction for the first offence.

Section 467 applies, adapted as required, with respect to the methods used to determine the net mass of a road vehicle and with respect to the probative force thereof.

An owner of a road vehicle must, at the request of the Société or a peace officer, furnish the weighing certificate within 10 days of the request to establish the net mass of the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 518; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 194; 1990, c. 83, s. 261; 1998, c. 40, s. 117.

519. Where a road vehicle or combination of road vehicles for which no special permit has been issued is outsized in respect of more than one standard provided in this Code, the driver, the owner or the lessee of the vehicle or the operator of a heavy vehicle cannot be convicted for contravening more than one of such standards.

1986, c. 91, s. 519; 1990, c. 83, s. 195; 1998, c. 40, s. 118.

TITLE VIII.1 SPECIAL RULES RESPECTING OWNERS AND OPERATORS OF HEAVY VEHICLES

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

CHAPTER I SCOPE

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.1. This Title applies to heavy vehicles and to the owners and operators governed by the Act respecting owners and operators of heavy vehicles.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

CHAPTER II OBLIGATIONS OF DRIVERS AND OPERATORS OF HEAVY VEHICLES

1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.1.1. (Not in force).

2005, c. 39, s. 30.

DIVISION I OBLIGATIONS OF DRIVERS

1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.2. A driver of a heavy vehicle must, in accordance with the standards prescribed by regulation, conduct a pre-departure inspection of the heavy vehicle to be driven and enter all observations of the mechanical condition of the vehicle in the vehicle’s inspection report.

However, in the case of a bus, the pre-departure inspection may be conducted by a person responsible for maintenance who is deemed to be the driver within the meaning of sections 519.2 to 519.5.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 83, s. 196; 1993, c. 42, s. 18; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.2.1. (Not in force).

2005, c. 39, s. 32.

519.2.2. (Not in force).

2005, c. 39, s. 32.

519.3. A driver must, in accordance with the standards prescribed by regulation, complete and keep up to date the inspection report of the heavy vehicle being driven.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.4. A driver must keep on board the inspection report of the heavy vehicle being driven.

Only one inspection report for the vehicle being driven shall be kept in the driver’s possession and must be surrendered for examination by the driver to any peace officer who so requests.

The report must be returned to the driver after examination.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.4.1. (Not in force).

2005, c. 39, s. 35.

519.5. A driver who discovers a mechanical defect must report the defect without delay to the persons determined by regulation in the form, with the particulars and in the manner prescribed therein.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.6. No person shall drive a heavy vehicle which has a major defect discovered during a pre-departure inspection.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.7. A driver whose driver’s licence or class authorizing the driving of a heavy vehicle has been modified, suspended or cancelled must without delay inform the operator, the owner and, where required, any person determined by regulation in the manner prescribed therein.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.8. A driver of a bus or minibus must distribute and secure freight, express and baggage, other than carry-on baggage, so as to ensure 519.6.

(1)  unrestricted freedom of movement for the driver and proper operation of the bus or minibus by the driver ;

(2)  unobstructed access by passengers to all exits ;

(3)   protection of passengers against injury caused by falling or shifting articles transported in the bus or minibus.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.9. No person shall exceed the number of hours of driving or hours of service prescribed by regulation or the number of hours of driving or hours of service specified in an authorization granted by the Société under section 519.31, or fail to comply with the standards, conditions and procedures established or provided in the regulation or authorization, as the case may be.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 83, s. 197; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.10. A driver, including a relief driver, must keep a daily log of hours of driving and hours of service in accordance with the terms and conditions prescribed by regulation, and enter all required information therein.

No driver or relief driver shall be in possession of more than one daily log of hours of driving and hours of service.

A driver or relief driver must keep the daily logs and any other document prescribed by regulation in the vehicle. In addition, the driver or relief driver must surrender the daily logs for examination at the request of a peace officer or an inspector appointed under section 519.69. The daily logs as well as any other documents requested must be returned after examination to the driver or relief driver, as the case may be.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 83, s. 198; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.11. A driver must, at the request of a peace officer or an inspector appointed under section 519.69, surrender the leasing contract or the contract for services.

The peace officer or inspector must return the documents to the driver after examination.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1988, c. 68, s. 13; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.12. A peace officer may, for the period corresponding to the number of hours of rest prescribed by regulation, remove the driver’s licence from any driver who has exceeded the number of hours of driving or hours of service prescribed by regulation or authorized by the Société, and take possession of the driver’s vehicle to have it driven to an appropriate place.

The driver must comply without delay with the directions of the peace officer and may recover the driver’s licence in the manner specified by the peace officer.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 83, s. 199; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.13. A driver of a heavy vehicle must, unless exempted from doing so by regulation or by a sign or signal, stop the heavy vehicle at least five metres from any level crossing and then proceed only after ascertaining that it is safe to proceed.

The Minister of Transport may, by order published in the Gazette officielle du Québec, designate certain level crossings at which the driver of a heavy vehicle is not required to stop.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 83, s. 200; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.14. A driver of a heavy vehicle shall drive the vehicle to a roadside inspection station and facilitate any inspection under this Code when so required by a peace officer or a sign or signal.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.14.1. (Replaced).

1988, c. 68, s. 14; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 201; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

DIVISION II OBLIGATIONS OF OPERATORS AND OWNERS

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.15. Heavy vehicles must be maintained in good mechanical order by the owner of the vehicles who must comply with the maintenance standards and the inspection frequency and inspection procedure prescribed by regulation.

An operator must ensure that the driver or person responsible for maintenance conducts the pre-departure inspection of the heavy vehicle for which the operator is responsible.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

Not in force

519.15.1. An operator is required to ensure that the driver of a heavy vehicle under the operator’s responsibility or, if applicable, the designated person, conducts a circle check of the vehicle in accordance with the standards prescribed by regulation.

2005, c. 39, s. 39.

Not in force

519.15.2. An operator may not allow a heavy vehicle to be driven that has not undergone a circle check within the time prescribed by regulation.

In addition, an operator may not allow a motor coach to be driven that has not undergone the inspection specific to motor coaches within the time prescribed by regulation.

2005, c. 39, s. 39.

519.16. An operator must, subject to the conditions and in the manner prescribed by regulation, place only one inspection report in each heavy vehicle for which the operator is responsible.

The operator is also required to ensure that the driver keeps the inspection report on board and records all the information in accordance with the standards prescribed by regulation.

Where the operator is not the owner of the heavy vehicle, the operator must without delay inform the owner of any defect recorded and must forward a copy of the heavy vehicle’s inspection report to the owner.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.17. An owner must correct any defect which is reported to the owner. In the case of a minor defect, the owner must make the necessary repairs or have them made within 48 hours to preserve the right to maintain the vehicle in operation. In the case of a major defect, the vehicle may not be operated.

All repairs must be made in compliance with the maintenance standards prescribed by regulation.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.18. The owner of a heavy vehicle that is operated by an operator is responsible for obtaining a copy of the inspection report.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.19. An operator shall not allow a bus or minibus in which freight, express or baggage has not been distributed or secured in conformity with section 519.8 to be operated.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.20. An owner, operator or any other person who supplies the services of a driver must maintain the records, reports, files and other documents prescribed by regulation.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 83, s. 202; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.21. An owner who is advised that a notice of defect has been issued by a vehicle manufacturer pursuant to the Motor Vehicle Safety Act (Statutes of Canada, 1993, chapter 16) must without delay take the necessary measures to have the defect corrected as specified in the manufacturer’s directions or to have the vehicle repaired or modified so as to eliminate the defect.

Any minor or major defect listed in the Regulation respecting mechanical inspection and safety standards for road vehicles (R.R.Q., 1981, chapter C-24.1, r.21) constitutes a defect within the meaning of this section.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.22. An operator is responsible for ensuring that the driver, in accordance with the conditions and in the manner prescribed by regulation, keeps on board the daily logs of hours of driving and hours of service and any other document prescribed by regulation and that the driver enters therein all the required information.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1996, c. 56, s. 144; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.22.1. (Replaced).

1990, c. 83, s. 203; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.23. Where a driver is exempted by regulation from the requirement to maintain a daily log of hours of driving and hours of service, the operator and any person who supplies the services of a driver must maintain a document in which the operator or person must enter all the information required by regulation.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1988, c. 68, s. 15; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.24. An operator is responsible for ensuring that the driver does not exceed the number of hours of driving or the number of hours of service prescribed by regulation or specified in an authorization granted by the Société under section 519.31, and complies with the standards, conditions and procedures established or set out in the regulation or authorization.

The operator is also responsible for ensuring that the driver forwards a copy of the daily logs of hours of driving and hours of service to the operator along with the documents required by regulation in accordance with the standards prescribed by regulation.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.25. An operator who uses the services of a driver must obtain from the person who supplies the driver the daily logs of the driver’s hours of driving and hours of service in the manner prescribed by regulation.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.26. A person in the business of supplying the services of a driver must transmit to the operator the daily logs of the driver’s hours of driving and hours of service in the manner prescribed by regulation.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 204; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.27. An operator is responsible for ensuring that the driver complies with the obligation to drive the vehicle to a roadside inspection station as provided in section 519.14.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 83, s. 204; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.28. Where it is found by a peace officer that a regulation relating to the transportation of dangerous substances has been contravened, the peace officer may order that the vehicle be driven to an appropriate place and detained at the expense of the operator until the operator or the owner of the vehicle or of its load complies with the provisions of the regulation.

The driver must immediately comply with that order.

The vehicle and its load remain the responsibility of the operator, the owner of the vehicle or of the load, as the case may be.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 83, s. 204; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.29. In a proceeding for an offence under this Title or under the second paragraph of section 145, proof that the offence was committed by an agent, a mandatary or an employee of an owner or operator is sufficient to establish that the offence was also committed by the owner or operator unless it is established by the owner or operator that due care was exercised by the taking of all necessary measures to ensure compliance with this Act or a regulation.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 83, s. 204; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

CHAPTER III POWERS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE SOCIÉTÉ

1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.30. The Société may appoint, subject to the conditions it determines, an operator or heavy-vehicle driving school to administer the qualification examinations, except medical examinations, required for the issue of a class of licence authorizing the driving of a heavy vehicle.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.30.1. (Replaced).

1988, c. 68, s. 16; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.31. The Société may, within the framework of a fatigue management program prescribed by regulation or in the cases and on the conditions prescribed by any other regulation, grant to an operator who applies therefor an authorization to increase the number of hours of driving or hours of service of drivers to a number that is greater than the number prescribed by regulation, and specify therein standards, conditions and procedures other than those prescribed by regulation.

The Société shall grant such an authorization for a determined number of hours only.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

CHAPTER IV PENAL PROVISIONS

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.32. Every person who contravenes a section of this Code to which a provision of this chapter applies is liable only to the fine imposed under this chapter.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.33. Every driver of a heavy vehicle that does not meet the requirements of any of sections 212, 213, 215 to 223, 225, 228, 234, the first paragraph of section 235, any of sections 236, 237, 254, 258, 261 to 265, 269, 270, 272 or 273 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $90 to $270.

Every owner or operator who operates or permits the operation of a heavy vehicle that does not meet the requirements of any of the sections referred to in the first paragraph is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525.

Every driver of a heavy vehicle that does not meet the requirements of section 441 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $150 to $450.

Every owner or operator who operates or permits the operation of a heavy vehicle that does not meet the requirements of section 441 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $900.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.34. Every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes any of sections 240.1, 274, 437.1, 437.2 and 519.8 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525.

Every driver who contravenes section 519.12 or 519.28 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

Every operator who contravenes any of sections 274, 437.1, 437.2 and 519.19 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.35. Every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes section 519.5 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525 if the driver fails or refuses to report a minor defect and to a fine of $350 to $1,050 if the driver fails or refuses to report a major defect.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.36. Every driver of a heavy vehicle that has not been registered as required under section 6, 7 or 8 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $125 to $375.

Every owner who operates or permits the operation of a heavy vehicle that does not meet the requirements of any of the sections referred to in the first paragraph is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $250 to $750.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 205; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.37. Every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes section 474 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525.

Every operator who contravenes section 474 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.38. Every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes section 248 or 519.3 by failing to maintain a pre-departure inspection report for the driver’s vehicle is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.39. Every driver of a heavy vehicle and every person responsible for maintenance who contravenes section 519.2 by not making the pre-departure inspection or by not recording observations, section 519.3 by not filling out the pre-departure inspection report, section 519.4 by not keeping the pre-departure inspection report in the vehicle or by being in possession of more than one such report or refusing to surrender it to a peace officer for examination, or section 519.9 or 519.14 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1988, c. 68, s. 17; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.40. Every owner who operates or permits the operation of a heavy vehicle carrying a registration plate for a class other than that vehicle’s class, or who operates or permits the operation of a heavy vehicle registered for a use other than the use being made of the vehicle, or every driver who drives a heavy vehicle carrying a registration plate issued for another vehicle is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $250 to $750.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.41. Every owner who contravenes section 266 or 268 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $175 to $525.

Every owner or operator who contravenes any of sections 214, 239, 240.1 and 260 or who permits the operation of a heavy vehicle that does not meet the requirements of section 423 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.42. Every owner or operator who, notwithstanding proper notification in accordance with section 519.7, permits a heavy vehicle to be operated by a driver to whom that section applies is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100 if the driver of the vehicle is liable to the fine under sections 143 and 144.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.43. Every person who supplies the services of a driver and every operator who contravenes section 519.23 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

Every owner or operator who contravenes the second paragraph of section 531 or section 532 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.44. Every driver who contravenes section 519.10 or 519.11 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

Every operator who contravenes section 519.22 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

Every person who contravenes section 519.26 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.45. Where false or inaccurate information is entered in a daily log referred to in section 519.10, the following persons are guilty of an offence and are liable to the following fines :

(1)  $350 to $1,050 in the case of a driver of the heavy vehicle ;

(2)  $700 to $2,100 in the case of an operator of the heavy vehicle ;

(3)  $700 to $2,100 in the case of a person referred to in section 519.26 who supplies the services of a driver.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.46. Every owner who contravenes section 519.21 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050 if the heavy vehicle in respect of which a notice was given has a minor defect, and to a fine of $700 to $2,100 if the heavy vehicle has a major defect.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.47. Every owner or operator who contravenes section 519.17 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of

(1)  $350 to $1,050 if the owner or operator permitted the heavy vehicle to be operated with a minor defect after 48 hours ;

(2)  $700 to $2,100 if the owner or operator permitted the heavy vehicle to be operated with a major defect.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.48. Every owner or operator who operates or permits the operation of a heavy vehicle that does not meet the requirements of section 34 or who operates a vehicle to which a validation sticker issued for another vehicle has been affixed is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $250 to $750.

Every owner or operator who attaches to a heavy vehicle a registration plate issued for another vehicle or who operates or permits the operation of a heavy vehicle carrying a registration plate issued for another vehicle is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $500 to $1,500.

Every owner or operator who contravenes section 519.15 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.49. Every driver of a heavy vehicle that does not meet the requirements of section 229 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 206; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.50. Every driver who contravenes any of sections 519.6, 519.7 or 519.14 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.51. Every operator who contravenes section 519.27 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

Every owner who contravenes section 519.18 or 534 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.52. Every operator who contravenes the second paragraph of section 519.16 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

Every operator who contravenes the first or third paragraph of section 519.16 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

Every owner or operator who operates or permits the operation of a heavy vehicle whose braking system has been modified or altered in such a way as to reduce its effectiveness or who contravenes any of sections 473, 523, 538 and 539 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100. In the case of an offence under section 471, the fine for which such an owner or operator is liable is

(1)  $350 to $1,050 for an offence under paragraph 2 of section 471 ;

(2)  $700 to $2,100 for an offence under paragraph 1 or 3 of that section ;

(3)  $175 to $525 for an offence under paragraph 4 of that section.

Every person who supplies the services of a driver and every owner or operator who contravenes section 519.20 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 207; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.53. Every operator who contravenes section 519.24 or 519.25 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.54. In the case of an offence under the Transportation of Dangerous Substances Regulation, made by Order in Council 674-88 (1988, G.O. 2, 2082), every person who requested or participated in the arranging of the transportation is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1992, c. 61, s. 136; 1996, c. 56, s. 99; 1998, c. 40, s. 119.

519.55. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 137; 1996, c. 56, s. 99.

519.56. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 138; 1996, c. 56, s. 99.

519.57. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 139; 1996, c. 56, s. 99.

519.58. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 99.

519.59. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 99.

519.60. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 140; 1996, c. 56, s. 99.

519.61. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1988, c. 21, s. 66; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 99.

519.62. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 70; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 99.

TITLE VIII.2 CONTROL OF HIGHWAY TRANSPORTATION OF PERSONS AND GOODS

1990, c. 83, s. 208.

CHAPTER I APPLICATION

1990, c. 83, s. 208.

519.63. The Société has jurisdiction for exercising control over highway transportation of persons and goods. It shall exercise such jurisdiction in accordance with the provisions of this Code and the agreements referred to in section 519.64.

1990, c. 83, s. 208; 1993, c. 42, s. 19.

519.64. In addition to the provisions of this Code and its regulations, the Société shall be responsible, in exercising its jurisdiction under this Title, for the application of the Act respecting owners and operators of heavy vehicles (chapter P-30.3) and for the application of the Acts and regulations coming under the authority of such departments and bodies as are designated by the Government to the extent and on the conditions determined by agreement between the Société and the departments and bodies.

1990, c. 83, s. 208; 1998, c. 40, s. 120.

519.65. The Société may, with the approval of the Minister of Transport, enter into an agreement with any department or body designated by the Government for the application of the following Acts:

(1)  (paragraph repealed);

(2)  Act respecting explosives (chapter E-22);

(2.1)  Forest Act (chapter F-4.1);

(3)  Tobacco Tax Act (chapter I-2);

(4)  Agricultural Products, Marine Products and Food Act (chapter P-29);

(5)  Dairy Products and Dairy Products Substitutes Act (chapter P-30);

(6)  Environment Quality Act (chapter Q-2);

(7)  Act respecting occupational health and safety (chapter S-2.1);

(8)  Act respecting the Société des alcools du Québec (chapter S-13);

(9)  Fuel Tax Act (chapter T-1);

(10)  Marine Products Processing Act (chapter T-11.01);

(11)  Act respecting transportation by taxi (chapter T-11.1);

(12)  Transport Act (chapter T-12);

(13)  Act respecting petroleum products and equipment (chapter P-29.1);

(14)  Act respecting the Québec sales tax (chapter T-0.1).

1990, c. 83, s. 208; 1993, c. 42, s. 20; 1996, c. 56, s. 100; 1998, c. 40, s. 121.

519.66. Every agreement entered into under this Title must include in particular

(1)  the object contemplated and the mandate conferred on the Société with respect to the control of highway transportation;

(2)  a list of the legislative and regulatory provisions and the administrative standards the application of which is wholly or partly under the responsibility of the Société;

(3)  the conditions and administrative methods to be observed by the parties within the scope of the mandate conferred on the Société;

(4)  the delegation to the Société of any powers which, at the time of the agreement, the department or body concerned has authority to exercise under the Acts and regulations which are the subject of the agreement;

(5)  the rules governing the exchange of information between the parties.

1990, c. 83, s. 208.

CHAPTER II CONTROL ON HIGHWAYS AND WITHIN UNDERTAKINGS

1990, c. 83, s. 208.

519.67. The Société may designate any member of its personnel to act as a highway controller. Every person so designated and every public servant who supervises the work of such a person directly are, throughout Québec, peace officers responsible for the enforcement of this Code, of the Act respecting owners and operators of heavy vehicles (chapter P-30.3) and of the legislative and regulatory provisions which are under the responsibility of the Société pursuant to an agreement entered into in accordance with this Title.

1990, c. 83, s. 208; 1993, c. 42, s. 21; 1996, c. 56, s. 101; 1998, c. 40, s. 122.

519.67.1. In the performance of his duties relating to the control of road vehicles referred to in Title VIII.1, a highway controller may inspect any road vehicle and, for such purpose, enter it or open or cause to be opened any container or recipient. He may also demand any information relating to the enforcement of this Code and that any document relating thereto be produced for examination.

Any person having custody, possession or control of a road vehicle must comply with any request made by a highway controller under the first paragraph.

1993, c. 42, s. 22.

519.68. The Société may, with the approval of the Minister of Transport, enter into an agreement with the Minister of Public Security in order that highway controllers be designated in accordance with the Police Act (chapter P-13) as special constables for the enforcement in Québec of the Act respecting motor vehicle transport by extra-provincial undertakings (Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, chapter 29, 3rd Supplement).

1990, c. 83, s. 208.

519.69. The Société may designate any member of its personnel and appoint any person to act as an inspector responsible for control within undertakings, for seeing to the enforcement of this Code, the Act respecting owners and operators of heavy vehicles (chapter P-30.3) and the legislative and regulatory provisions which are under the responsibility of the Société pursuant to an agreement entered into in accordance with this Title and sections 96 and 186 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25).

A highway controller or any other peace officer may, by virtue of his office, carry out inspections in accordance with section 519.70.

1990, c. 83, s. 208; 1996, c. 56, s. 102; 1998, c. 40, s. 123.

519.70. In the exercise of his duties, any person referred to in section 519.69 may, in particular,

(1)  enter, at any reasonable time, the establishment of a person to whom a legislative provision governing the operation of a heavy vehicle applies or of an owner or operator of a heavy vehicle or any place where an undertaking is carried on or where goods contemplated by legislative or regulatory provisions which come under the responsibility of the Société under an agreement entered into in accordance with this Title are being kept;

(2)  inspect, within such places, the premises or equipment where or in which the registers or records that must be kept pursuant to Title VIII.1 or legislative or regulatory provisions referred to in paragraph 1 are found;

(3)  inspect any heavy vehicle and, for such purpose, order the immobilization of the vehicle if necessary, enter it, examine the registers and records referred to in subparagraph 2, open or cause to be opened any container or recipient and cause, if necessary, a vehicle that is not in storage or waiting to be repaired to be submitted to a mechanical inspection;

(4)  require any information relating to the application of this Code and the legislative and regulatory provisions referred to in paragraph 1, require any document relating thereto and examine and make copies of books, registers, accounts, records and other documents which contain such information.

Any person having custody, possession or control of such books, registers, accounts, records and other documents must, on request, make them available to the person carrying out the inspection and facilitate their examination.

1990, c. 83, s. 208; 1998, c. 40, s. 124.

519.71. The Société must, at the request of the Minister of Transport, make available to him, in such form and within such time limit as he shall prescribe, detailed reports on the operations and activities coming under the responsibility of highway controllers pursuant to this Title.

The Société must, in addition, at the request of the Minister, make available to him any statistical or administrative report relating to the carrying out of the mandate assigned to him under this Title.

1990, c. 83, s. 208.

519.72. Upon request, an inspector must identify himself and show a certificate of his capacity issued by the Société.

1990, c. 83, s. 208.

519.73. No person may hinder a peace officer or an inspector in the performance of his duties acting under this Code or an Act under the responsibility of the Société pursuant to section 519.64, mislead him by concealment or false declarations, refuse to provide him with any information or document he is entitled to require or examine, or conceal or destroy any document or property relevant to an inspection.

1990, c. 83, s. 208; 1998, c. 40, s. 125.

CHAPTER III PENAL PROVISIONS

1990, c. 83, s. 208.

519.74. Any person who is guilty of an offence under a legislative or regulatory provision which is under the responsibility of the Société pursuant to an agreement entered into in accordance with this Title, is liable to the penalty provided for that offence under the Act or the regulation which is the subject of the agreement.

1990, c. 83, s. 208.

519.75. No person may drive or allow to be driven in Québec a motor vehicle, other than a passenger vehicle, whose fuel tank contains fuel acquired outside Québec, unless he is the holder of the permit or certificate for occasional trips he is required to hold pursuant to the Fuel Tax Act (chapter T-1).

1990, c. 83, s. 208; 1998, c. 40, s. 126.

519.76. Any peace officer having reasonable grounds to believe that an offence under section 519.75 has been committed may demand the registration certificate and remove the registration plates of the vehicle containing the fuel. The driver must comply without delay with such demand.

The peace officer shall issue a receipt to the driver. He may keep the confiscated documents if the situation may be corrected within a reasonable time or, if not, he shall send them to the Société.

The peace officer or the Société, as the case may be, must return the documents to the driver or owner of the vehicle as soon as the certificate has been issued.

1990, c. 83, s. 208.

519.77. Every person who contravenes the second paragraph of section 519.67.1, the second paragraph of section 519.70 or section 519.73 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1990, c. 83, s. 208; 1993, c. 42, s. 23; 1998, c. 40, s. 127.

519.78. Every person who contravenes section 519.75 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $500 to $1,500.

1998, c. 40, s. 127.

TITLE IX MECHANICAL INSPECTION OF VEHICLES AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM

1998, c. 56, s. 103.

CHAPTER I GENERAL PROVISIONS

520. The Société shall have exclusive jurisdiction to carry out the mechanical inspection of road vehicles and to issue certificates of mechanical inspection and inspection stickers. For that purpose, the Société may, on the conditions it determines, appoint persons authorized to carry out, on its behalf, the inspection of the road vehicles it determines and authorize those persons to issue certificates of mechanical inspection and inspection stickers in respect of those vehicles.

The persons so appointed must pay the fee prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 520; 1987, c. 94, s. 71; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

521. The following road vehicles, subject to section 543.2, must be submitted to mechanical inspection:

(1)  vehicles used for driving instruction by a driving school;

(2)  emergency vehicles;

(3)  taxis, buses and minibuses;

(4)  vehicles modified in order to use a fuel other than the fuel intended by the manufacturer;

(5)  vehicles having a net mass in excess of 3,000 kg, except motor homes, house trailers, tool vehicles and farm trailers, farm machinery as well as construction trailers and farm trailers defined by regulation;

(6)  (subparagraph replaced);

(7)  vehicles whose ownership has been transferred and whose year of manufacture is determined by the Minister of Transport;

(8)  vehicles to which any of the modifications described in section 214 have been made, vehicles made by hand and vehicles assembled by a recycler;

(9)  vehicles of the make, model, series or year for which an inspection is ordered by the Minister of Transport;

(10)  vehicles designated by a peace officer having reasonable grounds to believe that modifications described in section 214 have been made to them or that they are in such a condition that they constitute a hazard;

(10.1)  vehicles which, in the opinion of the Société, are in such poor condition that they constitute a hazard;

(10.2)  damaged vehicles that have been rebuilt and to which Title IX.1 applies;

(11)  other vehicles determined by regulation.

Subparagraphs 10 and 10.1 apply to vehicles being operated on highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles, on private roads open to public vehicular traffic and on land occupied by shopping centres or other land where public traffic is allowed.

1986, c. 91, s. 521; 1987, c. 94, s. 72; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 209; 1993, c. 42, s. 24; 1996, c. 56, s. 104; 1998, c. 40, s. 128; 1996, c. 56, s. 104.

522. Mechanical inspection is carried out in respect of the various road vehicles, according to the frequency, standards and procedures established by regulation and, in the case of a vehicle contemplated in paragraph 10 of section 521, within the time determined by the peace officer.

1986, c. 91, s. 522.

523. The owner or driver of a road vehicle contemplated in section 521 must submit the vehicle to the required mechanical inspection and must remit the registration certificate of the vehicle and his licence to the Société or to the peace officer if so requested.

The Société or the peace officer must return those documents to their holder once they have been examined.

1986, c. 91, s. 523; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

524. The peace officer or the Société, as the case may be, may give a notice indicating the time within which the owner or driver of a road vehicle described in paragraph 10 or 10.1 of section 521 is required to submit his vehicle to a mechanical inspection.

No person may, after the expiry of the time allotted, operate the vehicle unless it is proved, to the satisfaction of the Société or a person authorized to perform the inspection of vehicles for the Société, that the vehicle was submitted to a mechanical inspection and that it conforms to this Code.

Failure by the owner or driver to comply within the time prescribed constitutes an offence under the provisions of section 523.

1986, c. 91, s. 524; 1987, c. 94, s. 73; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 141.

525. The owner of a modified road vehicle must furnish to the Société, before the mechanical inspection, a description of the modifications described in section 214 which have been made to his vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 525; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

526. The Société or a peace officer is authorized to impound a vehicle or to have it impounded at the owner’s expense in order to have it submitted to mechanical inspection.

1986, c. 91, s. 526; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

527. Following the mechanical inspection of a road vehicle, the Société or the person authorized to perform the inspection for it shall issue a certificate of mechanical inspection and notify the owner or the driver of the results of the inspection.

1986, c. 91, s. 527; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

528. Every person authorized to perform the inspection of vehicles for the Société shall without delay forward to it a copy of every certificate of mechanical inspection issued by him.

1986, c. 91, s. 528; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

529. Where a certificate of mechanical inspection indicates that a road vehicle conforms to this Code, the Société or the person authorized to perform the inspection for it shall affix an inspection sticker to the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 529; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

530. A certificate of mechanical inspection attesting that a road vehicle does not conform to this Code shall indicate the minor or major defects, determined by regulation, found in the vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 530.

531. Where a certificate of mechanical inspection indicates that a road vehicle has a minor defect, the Société or the person authorized to perform the inspection for it shall issue to the owner or the driver of the vehicle a notice enjoining the owner to make the necessary repairs or cause such repairs to be made within 48 hours.

At the expiry of that period, no person may put the vehicle back into operation unless it is proved, to the satisfaction of the Société or a person authorized to perform the inspection of vehicles for the Société, that the vehicle conforms to this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 531; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

532. Within the time indicated in the notice issued under section 531, the owner must prove, to the satisfaction of the Société or of a person authorized to perform the inspection of vehicles for the Société, that the defects discovered on his vehicle during the inspection have been repaired by him or by another person and that his vehicle conforms to this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 532; 1987, c. 94, s. 74; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 210; 1992, c. 61, s. 142; 1998, c. 40, s. 129.

533. Where a person authorized to perform the inspection of vehicles for the Société discovers during the inspection of a road vehicle that it has a major defect, he must, without delay, notify the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 533; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 105.

534. Where a certificate of mechanical inspection indicates that a road vehicle has a major defect, no person may put the vehicle back into operation unless it is proved, to the satisfaction of the Société or a person authorized to perform the inspection of vehicles for the Société, that the vehicle conforms to this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 534; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

535. The Société or a peace officer may demand the registration certificate of a road vehicle and may remove the registration plate where a certificate of mechanical inspection indicates that the vehicle has a major defect.

The Société may exercise the same powers where an owner has failed to submit his vehicle to a mechanical inspection within the time allotted under section 524.

1986, c. 91, s. 535; 1987, c. 94, s. 75; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

536. The Société or a peace officer is authorized to impound or have impounded at the owner’s expense a vehicle that was put back into operation in contravention of sections 531 and 534 until it is proved, to the satisfaction of the Société or a person authorized to perform the inspection of vehicles for the Société, that the vehicle conforms to this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 536; 1987, c. 94, s. 76; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

537. Where the Société or a person authorized to perform the inspection of vehicles for the Société is satisfied with the evidence furnished as proof that a vehicle conforms to this Code, he shall affix an inspection sticker to the vehicle.

Every person authorized to perform the inspection of vehicles for the Société shall, without delay, notify it of every inspection sticker he affixes on a vehicle pursuant to the first paragraph.

1986, c. 91, s. 537; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

538. No person may issue a certificate of mechanical inspection or affix an inspection sticker to a road vehicle unless he is authorized for such purpose by the Société in accordance with section 520.

1986, c. 91, s. 538; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

538.0.1. The Société may revoke, for a period of two years, the certificate of competency referred to in section 543.3.1 of any mechanic who issues a certificate of mechanical inspection without being authorized to do so by the Société in accordance with section 520.

1998, c. 40, s. 130.

538.1. No sticker that may be confused with an inspection sticker issued by the Société or by another administrative authority may be affixed to a road vehicle.

1990, c. 83, s. 211.

539. No person may issue a certificate of mechanical inspection containing false or inaccurate information on the condition of an inspected vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 539.

540. A peace officer who has reasonable grounds to believe that the taximeter of a taxi does not give a reading that corresponds to the scale in force may require that it be submitted to an inspection on a route provided for that purpose.

1986, c. 91, s. 540.

541. The owner or the driver of a taxi referred to in section 540 must comply with the request of the peace officer and drive the taxi to the route indicated.

The peace officer is authorized to impound the vehicle or to have it impounded at the owner’s expense in order to submit it to an inspection regarding the taximeter.

1986, c. 91, s. 541.

542. If the peace officer making the inspection finds that the taximeter does not give a reading that corresponds to the scale in force, he shall issue a notice to that effect to the owner or the driver of the taxi. The driver or owner who is issued such a notice shall cease to operate the taxi and have the taximeter adjusted, repaired or replaced.

1986, c. 91, s. 542.

543. The owner or the driver of a taxi referred to in section 542 shall not put it back into operation unless it is proved to the satisfaction of a peace officer that the taximeter gives a reading that corresponds to the scale in force.

A peace officer is authorized to impound or have impounded at the owner’s expense a taxi that was put back into operation in contravention of the first paragraph, until that proof is made.

1986, c. 91, s. 543.

Not in force

543.1. Where the owner of a road vehicle is notified or becomes aware of a notice of defect issued by a vehicle manufacturer pursuant to the Motor Vehicle Safety Act (Statutes of Canada, 1993, chapter 16), he must forthwith ensure that the defect is corrected as instructed by the manufacturer or that the vehicle is repaired or modified in such a way that the defect no longer exists.

Any minor or major defect listed in the Regulation respecting safety standards for road vehicles (chapter C-24.2, r. 32) constitutes a defect within the meaning of this section.

1987, c. 94, s. 77; 1996, c. 56, s. 144.

CHAPTER I.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.2. The owner of a road vehicle subject to periodic mechanical inspection pursuant to section 521 may apply to the Société for certification of his preventive maintenance program to stand in place of mechanical inspection, if the program meets the minimum standards prescribed by regulation.

1996, c. 56, s. 106; 1998, c. 40, s. 131.

543.3. To obtain certification, the owner must provide the information and documents prescribed by regulation and pay to the Société the fees prescribed by regulation.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.3.1. The Société, or a mandatary designated by the Société, shall issue a certificate of competency in the cases determined by regulation to any mechanic assigned to the preventive maintenance of road vehicles who has passed the examination established or recognized by the Société.

1998, c. 40, s. 132.

543.3.2. The Société may exempt an owner of a road vehicle who files an application pursuant to section 543.2 from the requirement to comply with the minimum standards pertaining to the qualifications of mechanics assigned to the maintenance of road vehicles.

The Société may refuse such an exemption if, in the Société’s opinion, mechanics do not have qualifications equivalent to those required for a certificate of competency to be issued.

1998, c. 40, s. 132.

543.4. Where the Société considers that the owner’s program meets the minimum standards, it shall issue a certificate to the owner, containing the information prescribed by regulation.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.5. The owner must affix a sticker to every road vehicle covered by the program, the form, content, period of validity and cost of which shall be prescribed by regulation.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.6. No person, except a person holding a certificate issued by the Société, may affix such a sticker to a road vehicle.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.7. The owner must keep preventive maintenance records, the form, content and period of retention of which shall be prescribed by regulation.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.8. The owner must adhere to the minimum standards prescribed by regulation.

He must maintain the road vehicles covered by the program in safe operating order.

The owner must also adhere to the other standards contained in the program.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.9. Work under the preventive maintenance program may be performed by a third person on the conditions prescribed by regulation. However, the owner remains bound by the obligations set out in section 543.8.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.10. The Société may, in the cases and on the conditions determined by regulation, cancel a certification.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.11. Any owner whose certification has been cancelled may submit a new application to the Société provided he complies with the requirements under section 543.3 and with the other conditions determined by the Société, where applicable.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.12. Where a certificate of mechanical inspection indicates that a road vehicle to which this chapter applies has a minor defect and that a 48-hour notice has been issued under section 531 by a mechanical inspection controller, the proof of conformity referred to in the second paragraph of that section may be made to the vehicle’s owner by a mechanic assigned to preventive maintenance.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.13. The Société may designate any member of its personnel having the required qualifications to act as a mechanical inspection controller to ensure that sections 519.6, 519.15 and 539, the provisions of this chapter and the regulatory provisions made under paragraphs 32.1 to 32.7 of section 621 are complied with.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.14. In the performance of his duties, a mechanical inspection controller may, in particular,

(1)  enter, at any reasonable time, the establishment of an owner or of a third person referred to in this chapter or any place where a road vehicle to which the preventive maintenance program applies is located;

(2)  inspect, within such places, the premises or equipment where records that must be kept pursuant to this chapter are found;

(3)  inspect any vehicle subject to the provisions of this chapter and, for such purpose, order the immobilization of the vehicle if necessary, enter it, examine the records referred to in subparagraph 2 and open or cause to be opened any container or recipient;

(4)  require any information relating to the application of this chapter, require any document relating thereto and examine and make copies of books, accounts, records and other documents which contain such information.

Any person having custody, possession or control of such books, accounts, records and other documents must, on request, make them available to the person carrying out the inspection and facilitate their examination.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.15. On request, a mechanical inspection controller must identify himself and show a certificate of his capacity issued by the Société.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

543.16. No person may hinder a mechanical inspection controller in the performance of his duties, mislead him by concealment or false declarations, refuse to provide him with any information or document he is entitled to require or examine, or conceal or destroy any document or property relevant to the inspection.

1996, c. 56, s. 106.

CHAPTER II PENAL PROVISIONS

544. Every person who contravenes section 528 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $30 to $60.

1986, c. 91, s. 544; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

545. Every person who contravenes section 531 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200 for each defect discovered.

1986, c. 91, s. 545; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

Not in force

545.1. Every person who contravenes section 543.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $60 to $100 if the road vehicle to which the notice applies has a minor defect or to a fine of $100 to $200 if the vehicle has a major defect.

1987, c. 94, s. 78; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

545.2. Every person who contravenes section 543 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $250 to $750.

1998, c. 40, s. 133.

546. Every person who contravenes the first paragraph of section 523 or any of sections 534, 538, 538.1 or 539 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

Every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes section 523 or 534 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $350 to $1,050.

1986, c. 91, s. 546; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1990, c. 83, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 134.

546.0.1. Every owner to whom Chapter I.1 applies who contravenes a regulatory provision determined under paragraph 32.8 of section 621 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200 or of $300 to $600, or to a fine of $350 to $1,050 or of $700 to $2,100 if Title VIII.1 applies to the owner, according to the offence to which the minimum and maximum amounts of the fine fixed in the regulation correspond.

1996, c. 56, s. 107; 1998, c. 40, s. 135.

546.0.2. Every owner to whom Chapter I.1 applies who contravenes the second paragraph of section 543.8 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200 or to a fine of $350 to $1,050 if Title VIII.1 applies to the owner.

1996, c. 56, s. 107; 1998, c. 40, s. 136.

546.0.3. Every owner to whom Chapter I.1 of Title IX applies who contravenes section 543.6 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600 or, in the case of an owner of a heavy vehicle, to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1996, c. 56, s. 107; 1998, c. 40, s. 137.

546.0.4. Every person who contravenes the second paragraph of section 543.14 or section 543.16 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1996, c. 56, s. 107; 1998, c. 40, s. 138.

TITLE IX.1 REBUILDING OF DAMAGED VEHICLES

1990, c. 83, s. 213.

546.1. The Société has exclusive jurisdiction for making technical appraisals of rebuilt road vehicles and for issuing certificates of technical compliance.

For these purposes, the Société may, on the conditions it establishes, appoint persons authorized to make technical appraisals of rebuilt road vehicles on its behalf, and authorize them to issue certificates of technical compliance in respect of such road vehicles.

1990, c. 83, s. 213.

546.2. Any insurer who compensates the owner of a vehicle so seriously damaged that it cannot be rebuilt or must be rebuilt before being driven again shall, upon taking possession of it, notify the Société and indicate whether or not the vehicle may be rebuilt.

In addition, every owner of a road vehicle exempted by section 101 or section 102 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25) from the obligation of contracting liability insurance guaranteeing compensation for property damage caused by his vehicle must advise the Société if the vehicle is declared to be a total loss and indicate whether or not the vehicle may be rebuilt.

The Société may enter into an agreement with any government, government department, public body or private undertaking for the transmission to it of information allowing such vehicles to be identified.

1990, c. 83, s. 213; 1996, c. 56, s. 109.

546.3. (Repealed).

1990, c. 83, s. 213; 1993, c. 42, s. 25.

546.4. Every person rebuilding a damaged vehicle shall maintain a record on the rebuilding of the vehicle on the form provided by the Société. The record must contain the following documents and information:

(1)  the name and address of the rebuilder, of the owner of the vehicle and of its insurer together with the file number of the claim;

(2)  the identification of the vehicle;

(3)  a list of the major components used, including the name of the supplier, the date of purchase and the identification number of the original vehicle;

(4)  the insurer’s estimate of repairs;

(5)  the purchase invoice for the vehicle carcass and invoices for major components needed for the rebuilding;

(6)  colour photographs showing the front, rear and sides of the vehicle taken before rebuilding and a colour photograph taken on a frame alignment bench;

(7)  an attestation that such information and documents are true;

(8)  any other document or information required by regulation.

When the rebuilding of the vehicle is completed, the person who rebuilt the vehicle must give the record of rebuilding to the owner of the vehicle.

1990, c. 83, s. 213; 1993, c. 42, s. 26.

546.5. The Société or the person it authorizes to make a technical appraisal shall issue a certificate of technical compliance when in his opinion a rebuilt road vehicle complies with the rebuilding standards recognized in the automobile industry especially with respect to frame alignment and solidity of assembly, and when he is satisfied, on the basis of an inspection of the vehicle and record of rebuilding, that the vehicle is the vehicle described in the record of rebuilding.

Following the technical appraisal, the Société or authorized person shall advise the owner or the driver of the results of the appraisal.

1990, c. 83, s. 213; 1996, c. 56, s. 110.

546.5.1. The person authorized to make the technical appraisal for the Société shall without delay forward to it a copy of the certificate of technical compliance or the results of the appraisal.

1996, c. 56, s. 111.

546.6. No person may put a vehicle that has been seriously damaged and that has been rebuilt back into operation without first having submitted it for technical appraisal with the record of rebuilding referred to in section 546.4 and without having obtained a certificate of technical conformity and a certificate of technical inspection stating that the vehicle meets the requirements of this Code.

However, a person is not required to submit the record of rebuilding if the vehicle was damaged and rebuilt outside Québec, provided it has been registered outside Québec as a rebuilt vehicle, or to furnish the documents and information required in the record of rebuilding which concern the insurer if the vehicle was damaged outside Québec.

However, in the case of a vehicle that has been damaged and rebuilt outside Québec and registered as a rebuilt vehicle, the Société must require that a record of rebuilding be submitted, where such a record exists.

1990, c. 83, s. 213; 1993, c. 42, s. 27; 1996, c. 56, s. 112.

546.6.1. Every insurer or owner of a vehicle exempted by section 101 or section 102 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25) who contravenes section 546.2 and every person who contravenes section 546.5.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1996, c. 56, s. 113.

546.7. Every person who contravenes section 546.6 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

1990, c. 83, s. 213.

546.8. Every person who issues a certificate of technical compliance in contravention of the conditions set out in section 546.5 or who forwards technical appraisal results containing false or inaccurate information as to the condition of the vehicle is liable to the fine prescribed by section 546.7.

1996, c. 56, s. 114.

TITLE X PROCEDURE AND PROOF

CHAPTER I PROCEDURE AND PROOF IN ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS

DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS

547. For the purposes of this Code, the Société may admit any relevant evidence that may serve the interests of justice.

1986, c. 91, s. 547; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

548. The Société may, where provisions applicable to a particular case are lacking, supply any procedure compatible with this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 548; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

549. A document filed in the records of the Société is proof of its content, except on proof to the contrary.

1986, c. 91, s. 549; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

550. Every decision of the Société rendered under paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of section 81, section 82, paragraph 2 of section 83, paragraph 4 of section 109, any of sections 162, 185, 187.1, 187.2, paragraphs 1 and 2 of section 188, subparagraph 2 of the first paragraph and the second paragraph of section 189, paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 5 of section 190, any of sections 191, 191.2, 192, 194, 195.1, 207, 519.61 and 538.0.1 or the second paragraph of section 543.3.2 must be in writing and give the reasons on which it is based.

Where the Société receives an application for the review of a decision referred to in the first paragraph, it must give the applicant the opportunity to present observations.

Every decision of the Société denying a review of or upholding a decision under the first paragraph must be in writing and give the reasons on which it is based.

The Société shall send the decision referred to in this section or the prior notice referred to in section 553 to the person concerned, at the last address furnished to the Société. The decision or notice shall be sent by registered, certified or priority mail.

1986, c. 91, s. 550; 1987, c. 94, s. 79; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 214; 1996, c. 56, s. 115; 1996, c. 60, s. 76; 1997, c. 43, s. 172; 1998, c. 40, s. 139.

550.1. The Société shall transmit to the person concerned the decision in respect of a sanction referred to in section 106.1 by giving it to him or sending it to him, in particular, by registered or certified mail sent to the last address listed for him in the records of the Société.

1993, c. 42, s. 28.

551. Appeal from a conviction by a person convicted of an offence does not suspend the entry of the number of demerit points corresponding to the offence or a decision made by the Société under section 185, unless the court decides otherwise.

1986, c. 91, s. 551; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

552. Where a person suffers from an illness or deficiency or is in a situation described in paragraph 2 or 3 of section 81, paragraph 2 of section 82, paragraph 2 of section 83, paragraph 2 or 3 of section 190 or section 191, the Société may, before rendering a decision, request, by notice, the person to furnish, within the time fixed by the Société which may in no case exceed 90 days, a complementary report on the examination or assessment referred to in section 73, 76 or 603.

In addition, the Société may request the person to furnish other documents from an institution providing health services under the Act respecting health services and social services (chapter S-4.2) or the Act respecting health services and social services for Cree Native persons (chapter S-5), or from another health professional governed by the Professional Code (chapter C-26) or, in the case of a professional driver, with a notice from the person’s employer.

On receipt of the complementary report or, if the person fails to furnish such a report, at the expiry of the period fixed, the Société shall render the decision it deems appropriate.

1986, c. 91, s. 552; 1987, c. 94, s. 80; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 215; 1992, c. 21, s. 124; 1994, c. 23, s. 23; 1996, c. 56, s. 116.

553. The Société shall, before making a written decision in respect of which it is required to comply with the obligations prescribed by section 5 of the Act respecting administrative justice (chapter J-3), send to the person concerned a notice of its proposed decision which shall mention, among other things, that the person has 12 days from the time of mailing of the notice within which to present observations.

The proposed decision shall become the decision of the Société on the third day following the expiry of such time limit, and shall take effect unless the Société decides otherwise.

The time limit prescribed in the first paragraph may be shortened where the decision relates to the suspension of a licence or class of a licence following a proficiency examination.

In the event of an interruption of postal service, a decision delivered by another means takes effect on the date fixed by the Société.

A decision made under section 192 takes effect at the time indicated in section 193, unless no other suspension or revocation is in effect at the time the suspension is applied, in which case the decision takes effect at the time indicated in the first paragraph.

1986, c. 91, s. 553; 1987, c. 94, s. 81; 1990, c. 83, s. 216; 1996, c. 56, s. 117; 1997, c. 43, s. 173.

554. In communicating its decision, the Société must inform the person concerned of the consequences of the decision and of his right to bring a proceeding under section 557 or 560.

1986, c. 91, s. 554; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1997, c. 43, s. 174.

555. No recourse provided in articles 834 to 850 of the Code of Civil Procedure (chapter C-25) may be exercised nor any injunction granted against the Société, one of its members or a person designated under section 17.1 of the Act respecting the Société de l’assurance automobile du Québec (chapter S-11.011), acting in their official capacity.

1986, c. 91, s. 555; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

556. A judge of the Court of Appeal may, on a motion, summarily annul any writ, order or injunction issued or granted contrary to section 555.

1986, c. 91, s. 556.

DIVISION II REVIEW AND PROCEEDING BEFORE THE ADMINISTRATIVE TRIBUNAL OF QUÉBEC

1997, c. 43, s. 175.

557. The Société may, of its own initiative or on the application of the person concerned, review or cancel any decision it has rendered in respect of which no proceeding has been brought before the Administrative Tribunal of Québec.

The Société may also, of its own initiative or on the application of the person concerned, correct any decision containing an error in writing or in calculation or any other formal defect.

1986, c. 91, s. 557; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1997, c. 43, s. 176.

558. The Société may, in the case contemplated in section 557, request a person to return to it any document issued to him, in accordance with the decision it has reviewed, corrected or annulled.

1986, c. 91, s. 558; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

559. Where the person refuses or fails to comply with the requirement of section 558, the Société may request a peace officer to take possession of the document.

The person must immediately remit the document to the peace officer who requests him to do so and informs him of the reason therefor.

1986, c. 91, s. 559; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

560. A decision may be contested before the Administrative Tribunal of Québec if it is

(1)  a decision made by the Société under paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of section 81, paragraphs 1 and 2 of section 82, paragraph 2 of section 83, paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of section 190 or section 191 or a decision of the Société refusing to review such a decision or maintaining it;

(2)  a decision made by the Société under paragraph 3 of section 82 or under any of sections 162, 207, 519.61 and 538.0.1 or the second paragraph of section 543.3.2 or a decision of the Société refusing to review such a decision or maintaining it.

1986, c. 91, s. 560; 1987, c. 94, s. 82; 1988, c. 21, s. 66; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 217; 1997, c. 43, s. 177; 1998, c. 40, s. 140.

561. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 561; 1988, c. 21, s. 66; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

562. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 562; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

563. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 563; 1988, c. 21, s. 66; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

564. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 564; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

565. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 565; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

566. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 566; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

567. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 567; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

568. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 568; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

569. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 569; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

570. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 570; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

571. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 571; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

572. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 572; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

573. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 573; 1997, c. 43, s. 178.

DIVISION III RECOVERY

1992, c. 61, s. 144.

573.1. Proceedings for the recovery of duties or fees prescribed by this Code shall be instituted by the Société.

1992, c. 61, s. 144.

CHAPTER II PROCEDURE AND PROOF IN PENAL MATTERS

DIVISION I STATEMENTS OF OFFENCE AND NOTICES

1992, c. 61, s. 145.

574. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 574; 1992, c. 61, s. 146.

575. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 575; 1987, c. 94, s. 83; 1992, c. 61, s. 147.

576. The person authorized by a municipal council to enforce the parking by-laws of a municipality may perform the actions that a peace officer is authorized to perform under this chapter if the offence alleged under this Code is a parking infraction.

1986, c. 91, s. 576.

577. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 577; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 148; 1996, c. 56, s. 118.

578. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 578; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 218; 1992, c. 61, s. 149; 1996, c. 56, s. 119.

579. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 579; 1992, c. 61, s. 150.

580. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 580; 1992, c. 61, s. 150.

581. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 581; 1992, c. 61, s. 150.

582. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 582; 1992, c. 61, s. 150.

583. Failure to mention, in a statement of offence, the number of demerit points entailed by a conviction or a mistake in such mention, does not prevent the Société from entering the appropriate number of demerit points in the file of the person concerned.

1986, c. 91, s. 583; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 151.

584. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 584; 1992, c. 61, s. 150.

585. A payment is deemed to have been made once the proper sum is paid in cash or otherwise to the prosecuting party or another person designated by him.

The payment is deemed to have been made by the defendant in respect of whom the statement of offence has been served.

1986, c. 91, s. 585; 1992, c. 61, s. 152; 1999, c. 40, s. 55.

586. The person who accepts a payment for an offence for which conviction entails, under this Code, the suspension or cancellation of a licence or the suspension of a registration, must inform the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 586; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 153.

587. The clerk of a court of justice or a person under his authority shall notify the Société of every conviction that entails, under this Code, the suspension or cancellation of a licence or class thereof of a dealer’s or recycler’s licence as well as any conviction for an offence under section 186, 187, 191 or 192 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25).

Every person referred to in the first paragraph shall also notify the Société of an order of prohibition to operate a motor vehicle made under subsection 1 or 2 of section 259 of the Criminal Code (Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, chapter C-46).

1986, c. 91, s. 587; 1987, c. 94, s. 85; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 219; 1992, c. 61, s. 154; 1996, c. 56, s. 120.

587.1. A collector of fines, the clerk of a court, the clerk, secretary or secretary-treasurer of a municipality, the Attorney General or the director of a police service, as the case may be, shall advise the Société of every statement issued and of every conviction of an owner or operator to which Title VIII.1 applies or of a driver in relation to the operation of a heavy vehicle.

1996, c. 56, s. 121; 1998, c. 40, s. 141.

588. The notice provided for in sections 112, 519.56, 586 and 587 must be given within 30 days of the date of the judgment of conviction and be accompanied with all the information required by the Société.

The notice must be in the form and contain the particulars determined by the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 588; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 155.

589. Every document emanating from the Société evidencing a payment or a conviction in respect of a person is proof of its content, in the absence of any contrary evidence.

1986, c. 91, s. 589; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

590. Any delay in the transmission of a notice provided for in sections 112, 519.56, 586 and 587 does not prevent the Société from rendering a decision.

1986, c. 91, s. 590; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 156.

DIVISION II RULES OF PROOF

1992, c. 61, s. 157.

591. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 591; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 4, s. 215; 1992, c. 61, s. 158.

592. The owner of a road vehicle whose name appears in the register of the Société kept pursuant to section 10 of the vehicle may be convicted of every offence against this Code or any municipal traffic or parking by-law committed with the vehicle, unless he proves that, at the time of the offence, the vehicle was in the possession of a third person without his consent.

In the case of an offence against any of sections 35, 36, 65, 74, 89, 96 to 102, 105, 168, 171, 310, 311, 320 to 324, the second paragraph of section 325, any of sections 326 to 331, 333, 335 to 337, 339 to 377, the first paragraph of section 378, any of sections 379, 395, 396, 401, 402 to 413, 415 to 418, 421 to 429, 431 to 443, 455 to 460, 464, the second paragraph of section 468, section 470, the second paragraph of section 472, the second paragraph of section 476 or any of sections 477 to 484 or against any municipal by-law to the same effect, the owner cannot be convicted unless it is established that he was the driver of the vehicle at the time of the offence or was in the vehicle then driven by his agent. In the latter case, the court may condemn either or both of them.

1986, c. 91, s. 592; 1990, c. 4, s. 216; 1990, c. 83, s. 220.

593. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 593; 1990, c. 4, s. 217.

594. A person authorized by the Attorney General may sign a document required for the application of this chapter and certify true a copy of or extract from the document.

The signature of that person may be affixed by means of an automatic device or in the form of an engraved, lithographed or printed facsimile.

1986, c. 91, s. 594; 1990, c. 4, s. 218; 1992, c. 61, s. 159.

595. The filing of a document containing information transmitted electronically and attested by the Société which states that the defendant is the owner of the vehicle the registration number of which is indicated on the statement of offence constitutes, failing any evidence to the contrary, proof of such ownership in penal proceedings for an offence under a provision of this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 595; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1992, c. 61, s. 160.

596. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 596; 1987, c. 94, s. 86; 1992, c. 61, s. 161.

596.1. Any person who advises, encourages or incites another person to do a thing that constitutes an offence under this Code or under a legislative or regulatory provision which is under the responsibility of the Société pursuant to an agreement entered into in accordance with Title VIII.2, or who accomplishes or omits to accomplish a thing which results in aiding another person to commit an offence is a party to that offence and is liable to the same penalty as that which is prescribed for the offender, whether or not the offender has been prosecuted or convicted.

Any person who fails to furnish to an owner or operator of heavy vehicles or who furnishes false or misleading or erroneous information, the knowledge or truth of which would have prevented an offence under this Code is liable to the same fine as the offender, whether or not the offender has been prosecuted or convicted.

1990, c. 83, s. 221; 1998, c. 40, s. 142.

596.2. Where a legal person commits an offence under this Code or under a legislative or regulatory provision which is under the responsibility of the Société pursuant to an agreement entered into in accordance with Title VIII.2, every director, partner, officer, employee or agent of that person who prescribed or authorized the commission of the offence or who consented or acquiesced thereto or participated therein is deemed to be a party to that offence and is liable to the same penalty as that which is prescribed for the legal person, whether or not that legal person has been prosecuted or convicted.

1990, c. 83, s. 221.

596.3. In any penal proceedings for an offence against section 523, proof of the notification provided for in section 524 may be made by the filing of a duplicate of the notice attesting the giving of the notice and signed by the peace officer or the person authorized by the Société.

The date of the mechanical inspection may be proved by the filing of a duplicate of the notice attesting the inspection, dated and signed by the inspector.

However, the defendant may require the prosecutor, in accordance with article 63 of the Code of Penal Procedure (chapter C-25.1), to summon as a witness the person who gave the notice or made the inspection.

1993, c. 42, s. 29.

596.4. In any penal proceedings for an offence against section 531, proof of the notification provided for in that section may be made by the filing of a duplicate of the notice attesting the giving of the notice, signed by the person authorized by the Société or the person authorized to make the mechanical inspection for the Société.

The date of the inspection of the repairs and the certification of the conformity of the road vehicle with this Code may be proved by the filing of a duplicate of the notice attesting the inspection of the vehicle and its conformity with this Code, dated and signed by the person authorized by the Société or the person authorized to make the mechanical inspection for the Société.

However, the defendant may require the prosecutor, in accordance with article 63 of the Code of Penal Procedure (chapter C-25.1), to summon as a witness the person who gave the notice or made the inspection.

1993, c. 42, s. 29.

596.5. The accident report, the notice enjoining the owner or driver of a road vehicle to submit the vehicle to mechanical inspection or to have the necessary repairs made, the certificate of mechanical inspection and the document evidencing a juridical fact or a juridical act relating to the registration of a vehicle or to a licence authorizing the driving of a road vehicle shall, to be produced as evidence in their electronic or hard copy form, conform to the security standards for electronic data and documentation in penal matters established by regulation under paragraph 1.1 of article 367 of the Code of Penal Procedure (chapter C-25.1).

A prosecutor or defendant who produces, as evidence, the documents referred to in the first paragraph is not required to prove the integrity and accuracy of the document unless the opposite party shows, by preponderance of evidence, that the document has been altered since being stored in electronic form or was altered when the hard copy was produced.

A document referred to in the first paragraph is proof of its contents, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, if it is otherwise admissible in evidence.

1996, c. 56, s. 122.

DIVISION III PROCEEDINGS BY MUNICIPALITY

597. Penal proceedings for an offence under a provision of this Code may be instituted by the municipality when the offence is committed within its territory.

Where the municipality brings penal proceedings, the fine belongs to it.

1986, c. 91, s. 597; 1992, c. 61, s. 162; 1995, c. 42, s. 50.

598. Proceedings for an offence against this Code committed in the territory of a municipality may be instituted before the competent municipal court.

The costs relating to proceedings brought before a municipal court belong to the municipality in which the court has jurisdiction, except any part of the costs remitted by the collector to another prosecuting party under article 366 of the Code of Penal Procedure (chapter C-25.1) and any costs remitted to the defendant or imposed on the municipality under article 223 of the said Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 598; 1995, c. 42, s. 51.

599. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 599; 1990, c. 4, s. 219.

600. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 600; 1992, c. 61, s. 163.

601. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 601; 1992, c. 61, s. 164.

602. Sections 575 to 590 do not apply to proceedings instituted by the cities of Québec and Montréal.

The equivalent provisions of the charter of either of the cities mentioned in the first paragraph that apply to contraventions to that charter or to a municipal by-law apply, with the necessary adaptations, to a contravention to this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 602.

TITLE XI TRANSMISSION OF INFORMATION

603. A health professional may, according to his field of practice, report to the Société the name, address and state of health of a person 14 years of age or older whom he considers unfit to drive a road vehicle having regard, in particular, to the illnesses, deficiencies and situations incompatible with the driving of a road vehicle established by regulation.

For the purposes of this section, health professionals are authorized to disclose to the Société any information revealed to them in the practice of their profession.

1986, c. 91, s. 603; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 123.

604. The Société may disclose to health care professional who made a report to it under section 603, the decision it has made after receiving the information transmitted by him.

1986, c. 91, s. 604; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 124.

605. No action in damages may be brought against a health care professional for having availed himself of section 603.

1986, c. 91, s. 605; 1996, c. 56, s. 125.

606. In no case may the report referred to in section 603 be used as evidence in any suit or judicial or quasi judicial proceedings, except in proceedings relating to the application of section 560.

1986, c. 91, s. 606.

607. The Société, a public police force or a municipality may transmit the accident report referred to in section 173 to any person involved in the accident as driver, passenger, victim of bodily injury or owner of a damaged vehicle or property and to the authorized representative and insurer of any of them or the representative of that insurer.

The accident report may also be transmitted to any person whose name appears therein.

In the case of an accident report containing inaccurate or incomplete information, or in the absence of any report, the Société may transmit to any person referred to in the first paragraph any information permitting the identification of any person involved in the accident or his insurer.

1986, c. 91, s. 607; 1987, c. 94, s. 87; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 222.

607.1. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 88; 1996, c. 56, s. 126.

608. For the purposes of paragraph 9 of section 521 or of a recall campaign for which it received a notice from the Department of Transport of Canada, the Société may transmit to that department or the Ministère des Transports du Québec as well as to the manufacturers and automobile dealers concerned, any information permitting the identification of the owners of the vehicles that are recalled.

1986, c. 91, s. 608; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

609. With the exception of a report under section 603, the Société may transmit to the persons, departments and agencies responsible for the application of the legislation on road traffic, compensation of victims of automobile accidents, and highway safety, any information concerning holders of licences or permits issued under this Code as well as the person in whose name a road vehicle is registered by the Société, where the transmission of that information is necessary for the application of that legislation outside Québec.

The Société may also transmit to the persons, departments and agencies referred to in the first paragraph any information it holds concerning an owner or operator of a heavy vehicle or a driver under their responsibility, who is under the authority of those persons, departments or agencies.

1986, c. 91, s. 609; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 223; 1996, c. 56, s. 127; 1998, c. 40, s. 143.

610. Any information concerning the person in whose name registration of a road vehicle is effected by the Société may be transmitted by the Société to a person requesting it as the owner of the vehicle concerned.

The Société may also transmit to an insurer or the Insurance Crime Prevention Bureau the names and the present or the previous addresses of present and past owners of a road vehicle, as well as any information concerning the vehicle’s registration history, within the scope of an inquiry carried out at the time a claim is made to an insurer.

Information referred to in the second paragraph which is nominative information may only be so transmitted where it is needed for an inquiry relating to the theft of a road vehicle or a fraud in respect of a road vehicle. The information must be dealt with confidentially by the persons to whom it is released. It may only be disclosed to persons who need it for the above purposes. No person may use it for any other purposes than the inquiry. The information must be destroyed by the insurer or the Insurance Crime Prevention Bureau at the end of the inquiry or not later than one year after the date on which it was received.

1986, c. 91, s. 610; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 224.

611. Sections 607 and 609 apply notwithstanding sections 53 and 59 of the Act respecting Access to documents held by public bodies and the Protection of personal information (chapter A-2.1).

1986, c. 91, s. 611.

611.1. The Société may communicate to any person who provides it with the file number appearing on another person’s licence and, at the request of the Société, the reference number of the licence, the information concerning the validity of the person’s licence, on payment of the fees determined by regulation.

However, no communication may disclose the person’s name or address, or the reasons for which the licence is not valid.

1996, c. 56, s. 128.

TITLE XII COMITÉ CONSULTATIF SUR LA SANTÉ DES CONDUCTEURS

1996, c. 56, s. 129.

612. A committee called the “Comité consultatif sur la santé des conducteurs” is hereby established.

1986, c. 91, s. 612; 1996, c. 56, s. 130.

613. The committee is composed of members of the following orders, in the number determined by the Government:

(1)  Ordre professionnel des médecins du Québec;

(2)  Ordre professionnel des optométristes du Québec;

(3)  Ordre professionnel des psychologues du Québec;

(4)  Ordre professionnel des ergothérapeutes du Québec;

(5)  Ordre professionnel des infirmières et infirmiers du Québec.

1986, c. 91, s. 613; 1994, c. 40, s. 457; 1996, c. 56, s. 131.

614. The Government shall appoint the members of the committee and determine their term of office.

1986, c. 91, s. 614.

615. The Société shall designate one of its officers to represent it on the committee. The officer shall also act as secretary of the committee at the meetings and he shall call to the meetings, those members whose attendance is required with respect to the agenda proposed by him.

If the secretary is absent or unable to act, the Société shall designate a person to replace him.

1986, c. 91, s. 615; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

616. At the request of the Société, the members of the committee are entrusted with giving their opinion and making recommendations, according to their specialty, on the health standards required to drive a road vehicle, and with establishing criteria for determining the cases in which an examination or assessment is required.

The members of the committee are also entrusted with giving their opinion with respect to the application of the medical standards prescribed under paragraph 20 of section 618, exemptions from wearing a seat belt in accordance with section 398 and with respect to the state of health and physical fitness of an applicant for or holder of a licence.

1986, c. 91, s. 616; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 225; 1996, c. 56, s. 132.

617. The members of the committee are remunerated in the amount and according to the terms and conditions fixed by the Government.

1986, c. 91, s. 617.

TITLE XIII REGULATORY PROVISIONS

CHAPTER I POWERS OF THE GOVERNMENT

618. The Government may by regulation

(1)  prescribe the criteria on the basis of which a three-wheel passenger vehicle designed for the transportation of a handicapped person may be recognized as a moped and a road vehicle as an emergency vehicle;

(2)  determine in which cases and subject to what conditions the Société may issue one or more of the following documents: a registration certificate, registration plate, validation sticker, temporary registration certificate or detachable registration plate;

(3)  determine the information forming the registration which is entered in the registers of the Société, to be supplied by the person applying for registration or paying sums with regard thereto;

(4)  determine the information which must appear on each of the following documents: the registration certificate, registration plate, validation sticker, identification sticker, temporary registration certificate or detachable registration plate, and determine their respective periods of validity;

(5)  (paragraph repealed);

(6)  determine the farm machinery that is exempt from registration and the cases where a vehicle to wich the Act respecting off-highway (chapter V-1.2) applies, a tractor owned by a farmer, a recreation vehicle and a vehicle designed to be used mainly on snow, other than a snowmobile to which the Act respecting off-highway vehicles applies, are exempt from registration;

(7)  determine the documents which must be produced with an application for registration or the payment of amounts under section 31.1 as well as the information they must contain and any other condition or formality for obtaining registration;

(7.1)  establish the conditions and formalities for replacing a registration certificate, registration plate, validation sticker, temporary registration certificate or temporary registration plate;

(8)  prescribe the classes of road vehicles for which registration may be effected under section 10.2;

(8.1)  prescribe the information to be entered in the registers of the Société with regard to the classes of road vehicles prescribed under paragraph 8 and the persons applying for registration under section 10.2;

(8.2)  prescribe the conditions for obtaining registration under section 10.2;

(8.3)  prescribe the methods of computing the duties exigible for obtaining registration under section 10.2 on the basis of the following factors:

(a)  the time remaining between the date of registration and the date of the prescribed day within the prescribed period for payment of annual duties exigible under section 31.1;

(b)  the annual duties fixed pursuant to paragraph 8.4 which would be exigible under section 31.1;

(8.4)  fix the annual duties exigible under section 31.1 with regard to any person obtaining registration under section 10.2 on the basis of one or more of the following factors:

(a)  the class of road vehicles registered;

(b)  their net mass;

(c)  their number of axles;

(d)  their use;

(e)  the professional activity, the legal personality or the identity of the applicant;

(f)  the territory where the vehicles are to be used;

(8.5)  establish the method to be applied for rounding off the amount of registration duties and of the additional duty and establish the terms and conditions of payment of those duties;

(8.6)  define the meaning of “registration by lot” and determine the terms and conditions therefor;

(8.7)  prescribe at what intervals the payment of duties and additional duty exigible under section 31.1 must be made;

(8.8)  determine during what periods the payment of duties, fees, the insurance contribution and, where applicable, the contribution of motorists to public transit and the additional duty exigible under section 31.1 concerning a registered road vehicle must be made according to the class or sub-class of road vehicles to which it belongs, the professional activity, the legal personality or the identity of its owner, the territory where it is used, its net mass or the first letter of its owner’s name;

(8.9)  prescribe with regard to the owner of a road vehicle any exemptions of duties and additional duty exigible under section 31.1 concerning a road vehicle registered according to the class or sub-class of road vehicles to which it belongs;

(9)  define, in relation to the fixing and computing of the duties exigible for obtaining the registration of a road vehicle and in relation to the fixing and computing of the duties exigible under section 31.1, the terms “axle” and “net mass” and establish the method for calculating the number of axles of a road vehicle as well as the rules governing any increase in the number of axles or any change in the net mass during the term of the registration of the vehicle;

(10)  provide, subject to the conditions established by it, cases of exemption or reduction of the fee exigible for obtaining the registration of a road vehicle;

(11)  prescribe the cases and conditions establishing a right to a reimbursement of part of the duties and additional duty exigible for obtaining the registration of a road vehicle and of the duties and additional duty exigible under section 31.1 and establish the calculation method or fix the exact amount of the duties and additional duty to be reimbursed;

(11.0.1)  prescribe the cases and conditions establishing a right to a reimbursement of a part of the contribution of motorists to public transit exigible under section 21 or section 31.1, and establish the calculation method or fix the exact amount of the contribution to be reimbursed;

(11.1)  prescribe the cases and conditions establishing entitlement to a reduction of the duties exigible in respect of a road vehicle under section 31.1 and establish the calculation method or fix the exact amount of duties to be deducted;

(11.2)  prescribe the cases and conditions allowing claims for repayment, upon expiration of the periods prescribed by regulation or at any later date it fixes, of the duties, additional duty, fees, insurance contribution and, where applicable, the contribution of motorists to public transit exigible under section 31.1 and establish the calculation method or fix the exact amount of the sums claimed, as well as the maximum period which may be covered by such a claim;

(12)  define, with respect to registration, classes and sub-classes of road vehicles other than those established under this Code;

(12.1)  prescribe, with respect to a class or sub-class of road vehicles, the maximum number of vehicles belonging to one owner that may be registered in that class or sub-class;

(13)  determine classes of licence plates according to classes and sub-classes of road vehicles, use, the identity of the owner or according to the area where it is used and impose restrictions on vehicles bearing certain classes of licence plates;

(13.1)  establish standards and prohibitions respecting the use and driving of road vehicles according to the class or sub-class of road vehicles to which they belong, their owner’s identity, the territory where they are used or the class of registration plate they carry;

(14)  prescribe a method for attaching licence plates according to their classes;

(15)  determine any other place on the vehicle where a temporary registration certificate, a registration plate or a detachable registration plate may be affixed;

(16)  determine the cases where two duplicates of the licence plate must be issued;

(17)  determine the places on the licence plate where the validation stickers must be affixed;

(18)  provide, subject to the conditions it determines, other cases of total or partial exemption from registration;

(19)  establish the standards and the conditions according to which a registration plate may be affixed to a motor vehicle manufactured over twenty years ago;

(20)  determine terms and conditions for obtaining, using and renewing the identification sticker provided for in section 11 and fix its period of validity;

(21)  (paragraph replaced);

(22)  (paragraph replaced);

(23)  (paragraph repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 618; 1987, c. 94, s. 89; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 226; 1991, c. 32, s. 167; 1990, c. 83, s. 226; 1991, c. 32, s. 167; 1992, c. 21, s. 375; 1994, c. 23, s. 9; 1997, c. 49, s. 8; 1996, c. 60, s. 77; 1997, c. 85, s. 15.

619. The Government may by regulation

(1)  determine, in relation to the nature of a licence, the information it must contain, its form and, except for a restricted licence, its term of validity;

(2)  determine the cases where and establish the criteria according to which conditions may be attached to a licence;

(3)  determine types and classes of licences according to their nature;

(4)  prescribe, on the conditions it determines, cases of exemption or reduction of the duties exigible under sections 69 and 93.1;

(4.1)  prescribe at what intervals the payment of duties exigible under section 93.1 must be made;

(4.2)  determine the period within which payment of the duties, fees and insurance contribution exigible under section 93.1 must be made;

(5)  prescribe the cases and conditions giving entitlement to a reimbursement of part of the duties exigible for obtaining a licence and of the duties exigible under section 93.1 and establish the calculation method or fix the exact amount of the duties to be reimbursed;

(5.1)  prescribe the cases and conditions giving entitlement to a reduction of the duties payable for a probationary licence or a driver’s licence under section 93.1 and establish the calculation method or fix the exact amount of duties to be deducted;

(5.2)  prescribe the cases and conditions allowing claims for repayment, upon expiration of the period prescribed by regulation, of the duties, fees and insurance contribution exigible under section 93.1 and establish the calculation method or fix the exact amount of the sums claimed, as well as the maximum period which may be covered by such a claim;

(6)  prescribe, according to the nature, class or category of a licence, the documents and information which must be produced with an application for the issue or renewal of such a licence or the payment of amounts under section 93.1 as well as any other condition or formality for obtaining or renewing that licence;

(6.0.1)  prescribe the standards relating to the photograph that must be provided by a person applying for a probationary licence or a driver’s licence or the renewal or replacement thereof;

(6.0.2)  determine, according to the category and class of a licence, the circumstances and conditions in and on which the Société may issue a licence that does not bear the photograph or signature of the holder or may issue a licence in paper form;

(6.1)  fix, according to the nature and class of licence applied for, a minimum period of time which must lapse before a person who has failed a proficiency examination referred to in section 67 may again undergo such an examination;

(6.2)  establish, according to the nature and class of licence applied for, any additional conditions and formalities a person who has failed a proficiency examination referred to in section 67 must comply with to obtain a licence or class of licence;

(6.3)  prescribe cases of exemption from the obligation to undergo the proficiency examinations of the Société for obtaining a licence;

(6.4)  determine, for obtaining a driver’s licence under any of sections 66 and 90 to 92.0.1, the period during which a person must have held a probationary licence and establish the cases where the period may be reduced and the terms and conditions permitting such a reduction;

(7)  establish the particular requirements and procedures for the issue of a learner’s licence, of a probationary licence, of a driver’s licence or of a class of either to a person whose licence or class is cancelled or whose right to obtain one is suspended;

(7.1)  prescribe standards for the maintenance and use of a screening device approved by the Minister of Public Security and that is designed to ascertain the presence of alcohol in the blood of a person, and prescribe the training that the person who maintains and uses the device must be given;

(8)  establish the health standards which identify the illnesses, deficiencies and conditions affecting a person that are considered as being essentially or relatively inconsistent with the driving of a road vehicle or class or sub-class of road vehicles;

(9)  establish a system of demerit points on the basis of which the Société cancels a licence or suspends the right to obtain a licence; the system shall include a list of offences and the corresponding number of demerit points for each offence and determine the total number of demerit points entered in a person’s file that entails the sending of a notice, the cancellation of a licence or the suspension of the right to obtain a licence;

(9.1)  establish under what conditions a learner’s licence or probationary licence shall be suspended on the basis of demerit points or of offences committed;

(9.2)  determine which provisions of Division IV of Chapter II of Title II or of a regulation made under paragraph 9 of this section shall apply to the holder of a learner’s licence or probationary licence and provide for derogatory provisions to this division or to that regulation which shall apply to such holders;

(9.3)  prescribe the total number of offences or of demerit points entered in a person’s record that shall entail the suspension of a learner’s licence and of a probationary licence or of the right to obtain such licences;

(10)  (paragraph repealed);

(11)  (paragraph repealed);

(12)  (paragraph repealed);

(13)  (paragraph repealed);

(14)  (paragraph repealed);

(15)  (paragraph repealed);

(16)  (paragraph repealed);

(17)  (paragraph repealed);

(18)  (paragraph repealed);

(19)  (paragraph repealed);

(20)  (paragraph repealed);

(21)  (paragraph repealed);

(22)  (paragraph repealed);

(23)  determine in what cases and on what conditions a person may hold more than one driver’s licence under the fifth paragraph of section 94.

1986, c. 91, s. 619; 1987, c. 94, s. 90, s. 91; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 227; 1990, c. 85, s. 122; 1990, c. 83, s. 227; 1995, c. 6, s. 12; 1996, c. 2, s. 214; 1996, c. 56, s. 133.

619.1. The Government may fix, by regulation, the duties exigible for obtaining the registration of a road vehicle and the duties exigible under section 31.1, on the basis of one or more of the following factors:

(1)  the class or sub-class of road vehicles to which the vehicle belongs;

(2)  its net mass;

(3)  its number of axles;

(4)  its use;

(5)  the professional activity, the legal personality or the identity of its owner;

(6)  the territory where it is used.

1990, c. 83, s. 228.

619.2. The Government may fix, by regulation, the duties exigible for obtaining a learner’s licence, probationary licence, driver’s licence or restricted licence issued under section 76, and the duties exigible under section 93.1, on the basis of one or more of the following factors:

(1)  the nature of the licence applied for;

(2)  its class;

(3)  its category.

1990, c. 83, s. 228; 1996, c. 56, s. 134.

619.3. The Government may prescribe, by regulation, calculation methods for the following duties:

(1)  the duties exigible for obtaining the registration of a road vehicle on the basis of one or more of the following factors:

(a)  the time remaining between the date of registration and the date of the prescribed day within the prescribed period under paragraph 8.8 of section 618 for the payment of annual duties exigible under section 31.1;

(b)  the right of the applicant to a reimbursement of part of the registration duties on another road vehicle;

(c)  a percentage of the annual duties on the road vehicle fixed pursuant to section 619.1 which would be exigible under section 31.1;

(2)  the duties exigible for obtaining a learner’s licence, probationary licence, driver’s licence or restricted licence issued under section 76, on the basis of one or more of the following factors:

(a)  the time remaining between the date of issue of the licence and the date of the prescribed day within the prescribed period under paragraph 4.2 of section 619 for the payment of duties exigible under section 93.1;

(b)  the time expired between the date of issue of the licence and the expiration date of a previous licence;

(c)  the cancellation of a previous licence;

(d)  the cancellation of a previous licence at the holder’s request;

(e)  the applicant’s entitlement to a reimbursement of part of the duties for his previous licence.

The calculation methods prescribed on the basis of the factors referred to in paragraphs a and b of subparagraph 1 of the first paragraph shall be based on the annual duties on the road vehicle fixed under section 619.1 which would be exigible under section 31.1 or on the monthly duties on the vehicle fixed by the Government, by regulation, on the basis of one or more of the factors prescribed in section 619.1.

The calculation methods prescribed on the basis of the factors referred to in paragraph 2 of the first paragraph shall be based on the licence duties fixed under section 619.2 which would be exigible under section 93.1 or on the monthly licence duties fixed by the Government, by regulation, on the basis of one or more of the factors prescribed in section 619.2.

1990, c. 83, s. 228; 1996, c. 56, s. 135.

619.4. The Government may determine, by regulation, a class of road vehicles which are seven years old or less, whose value exceeds $40,000 and in respect of which an additional duty corresponding, on an annual basis, to 1% of the value of the vehicle in excess of $40,000 is payable, as well as the rules for the calculation of the additional duty and the age of a vehicle and the rules for the determination of the value of a vehicle, which value determination rules may refer to a price or value fixed by another government, a body or a person specified by the regulation.

The regulation may provide that references to other texts include any subsequent amendments to those texts.

1997, c. 85, s. 16.

620. The Government may by regulation

(1)  establish the conditions and formalities of issue of a licence referred to in Title III;

(2)  determine the information that must appear on a licence referred to in Title III and prescribe its form and term of validity;

(3)  fix the amount of the security that must be furnished under Title III and establish the form, terms and conditions according to which security must be furnished and the conditions subject to which the requirement to furnish security may be terminated;

(3.1)  establish the form, terms and conditions according to which an association of dealers or recyclers may act as surety for its members;

(4)  establish classes of licences and the conditions attaching to a licence under Title III;

(4.1)  establish the form and retention rules applicable to the register to be kept by a recycler under Title III;

(4.2)  determine the major components of a vehicle for the purposes of section 155;

(5)  determine the form, content and mode of transmission of the report that a peace officer must transmit to the Société;

(5.1)  determine the cases in which a peace officer and an insurer are required to make a report to the Société in respect of an accident that causes property damage only and does not give rise to a failure to stop at the scene of an accident;

(6)  fix the annual amount that the Minister of Transport may require for the erection of commercial tourist information signs on a public highway the maintenance of which is under his jurisdiction.

1986, c. 91, s. 620; 1987, c. 94, s. 92; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 229; 1996, c. 56, s. 136.

621. The Government may by regulation

(1)  establish the conditions for the affixing by the Société of an identification number to a road vehicle;

(2)  prescribe standards for the manufacture, sale, installation and use of fog lights, exhaust systems, tires and protective helmets;

(2.1)  prescribe standards, conditions and procedures for the construction, operation, custody, maintenance, salubrity and safety of road vehicles used for the transportation of handicapped persons, prescribe standards for the installation and use of safety equipment and accessories in respect of such vehicles, and specify the persons to whom and the vehicles to which the standards apply;

(3)  establish the conditions for the installation and use of white lights at the rear of certain classes or sub-classes of road vehicles;

(4)  (paragraph repealed);

(5)  establish criteria to be met by a road vehicle to be equipped with flashing or rotating amber lights;

(5.1)  prescribe in what cases and on what conditions emergency vehicles may carry alternately flashing white headlights;

(6)  prescribe standards respecting the number, colour, intensity, shape and dimensions of headlights, lights and reflectors;

(7)  prescribe standards for the windshield and windows of a road vehicle which will ensure good visibility for the driver;

(8)  prescribe standards for the manufacture, installation and use of a slow-moving vehicle signs, red flags and reflector pannels;

(8.1)  prescribe the characteristics of the amber signal light for loads or equipment that extend beyond the rear of a road vehicle or combination of road vehicles, and the standards for its installation and use;

(9)  establish the conditions on which riding a horse is permitted on a public highway;

(10)  approve devices to measure the rate of speed of a road vehicle and determine the manner in which such devices are to be used;

(11)  establish norms to govern the utilization of lamps, reflectors and flares;

(12)  prescribe the maximum number of hours of driving and hours of service that may be required of and the terms and conditions governing the time schedule applicable to the driver of a heavy vehicle or of a motor vehicle whose weight is 3,000 kg or less, prescribe the number of hours of rest that are applicable to the driver and prescribe special standards for the installation and use of accessories and equipment on such vehicles as well as norms governing the driving of such vehicles;

(12.0.1)  define the expressions “hours of driving”, “hours of service”, “hours of rest”, “home base”, “sleeper berth” and “daily logs”;

(12.0.2)  determine in what cases and on what conditions the Société may grant an operator subject to Title VIII.1 an authorization to increase the number of hours of driving or hours of service of drivers to a number that is greater than the number prescribed by regulation;

(12.1)  prescribe the manner, the form, the content and the rules for the retention of the daily log of hours of driving and hours of service to be maintained by a driver of a heavy vehicle or any other document required under a fatigue management program ;

(12.2)  determine, subject to the conditions it determines, in what cases a driver of a heavy vehicle is partially or totally exempted from the obligation of keeping a daily log of hours of driving and hours of service and from the obligation of retaining the daily logs as well as any other document concerning the trip in the driver’s possession while the driver is operating the vehicle or is at work ;

(12.3)  determine the standards, conditions and manner of implementing a fatigue management program;

(13)  prescribe standards of installation and use for anti-theft devices;

(14)  prescribe standards of installation and use for child safety devices;

(15)  establish classes of road vehicles and combinations of road vehicles according to load, the number, type and class of axles, configuration in respect of axle arrangement, tire and suspension specifications or any other mechanical specification;

(16)  establish classes of axles and include in those classes wheel assemblies that are not attached to an axle but are in lieu thereof;

(17)  establish for classes of public highways, according to classes of road vehicles and combinations of road vehicles and classes of axles, norms for axle load, total loaded mass and dimensions of road vehicles and combinations of road vehicles with or without load;

(18)  modify, during periods of thaw or in the event of rain, erosion or flooding, the norms established under paragraph 17;

(19)  determine the form and content of special permits;

(20)  determine the amount of the fee exigible and the conditions and formalities for obtaining a special permit and the conditions attached to such a permit according as the permit relates to an outsized vehicle or to a vehicle used for the transportation of a load exceeding its length or its width;

(20.1)  determine the form and content of escort permits for outsized vehicles and designate a person authorized to issue such permits;

(20.2)  fix the fee exigible for obtaining an escort permit for outsized vehicles, establish the conditions for obtaining such a permit and provide for the deposit of security, its nature and amount, and determine the conditions attached to the permit, including the reports to be transmitted by the holder to the person authorized to issue the escort permit;

(20.3)  determine, from among the provisions of any regulation made under paragraph 20.2, the provisions the violation of which constitutes an offence and indicate for each offence the minimum and the maximum amounts of the fine to which the offender is liable;

(20.4)  establish standards of equipment and driving rules relating to farm machinery;

(21)  determine the circumstances in which farm animals may be allowed across a public highway even when the requirements of the first paragraph of section 493 are not met;

(22)  prescribe norms respecting the sale and use of brake fluid;

(23)  establish norms for the securing of loads and determine, among the provisions of the regulation, those the violation of which constitutes an offence and indicate, for each offence, the minimum and maximum amounts to which the offender is liable, according to the seriousness of the offence, namely $100 to $200, or $300 to $600 for an owner to whom Chapter I.1 of Title IX applies or $350 to $1,050 or $700 to $2,100 if Title VIII.1 applies to the owner;

(24)  require the installation and use on buses and minibuses of accessories that meet safety standards and establish norms of installation and use in respect thereof;

(25)  establish the safety standards that must be met by a road vehicle to be authorized to be operated;

(25.1)  define, for the purposes of the safety standards for road vehicles, classes and subclasses of road vehicles other than those provided for in this Code;

(26)  regulate the presence and movement of convoys on the public highways;

(27)  take the measures necessary to control the dimensions and mass of a road vehicle or combination of road vehicles moving on a public highway, load included;

(28)  determine what road vehicles are subject to mechanical inspection under paragraph 11 of section 521;

(29)  prescribe the frequency, standards and procedures of the mechanical inspection and technical appraisal of the various road vehicles that are subject to inspection;

(30)  determine, in relation to the inspection of vehicles the minor and major defects that may affect a road vehicle;

(31)  establish the form, content, conditions and procedures of issue of the notices referred to in sections 531 and 542;

(31.1)  establish which road vehicles damaged in an accident cannot be rebuilt;

(31.2)  prescribe the documents and information which must be included in the record of rebuilding of a road vehicle referred to in section 546.2;

(31.3)  prescribe classes of damaged road vehicles that are wholly or partially exempted from the application of Title IX.1;

(32)  establish the form and content of the certificate of mechanical inspection, the inspection sticker and the certificate of technical compliance;

(32.1)  determine the minimum standards to be met by a preventive maintenance program intended to stand in place of mandatory mechanical inspection, with regard to

(a)  the requirements relating to the mechanical components to be inspected at each maintenance;

(b)  the frequency of maintenance;

(c)  the place where maintenance is carried out;

(d)  the qualification of the mechanics assigned to maintenance and the cases in which they must be holders of a certificate of competency issued pursuant to section 543.3.1;

(32.2)  determine the information and documents that must be provided by an owner on application for the certification of a preventive maintenance program;

(32.3)  determine the information that must appear on a certificate evidencing certification;

(32.4)  establish the form, content and period of validity of a preventive maintenance program sticker;

(32.5)  establish the form, content and period of retention applicable to preventive maintenance records;

(32.6)  prescribe the conditions on which an owner may allow work under a preventive maintenance program to be performed by a third person;

(32.7)  determine the cases and circumstances giving rise to cancellation by the Société of a preventive maintenance program;

(32.8)  determine, among the provisions of a regulation under paragraphs 32.1 to 32.7, those the violation of which constitutes an offence and indicate, for each offence, the minimum and maximum fines to which the offender is liable, according to the seriousness of the offence, namely $100 to $200, or $300 to $600 for an owner to whom Chapter I.1 of Title IX applies, or $350 to $1,050 or $700 to $2,100 if Title VIII.1 applies to the owner;

(32.9)  prescribe the progressive implementation of Chapter I.1 of Title IX according to the number and type of vehicles covered by the program;

(33)  (paragraph repealed);

(34)  (paragraph repealed);

(35)  determine, among the provisions of a regulation concerning the conditions attached to a special permit for a certain class of road vehicles or combinations of road vehicles, those the violation of which constitutes an offence and indicate, for each offence, the minimum and the maximum amounts of the fine to which the offender is liable;

(36)  exempt certain road vehicles, according to their class or sub-class, the year they were manufactured or the make and model attributed by the manufacturer, from the mandatory service brake system on the front-axle wheels;

(36.1)  determine the additional braking systems with which road vehicles must be equipped when travelling on a public highway if their mass, load included, exceeds the mass determined by the Government, where such equipment is required by a sign or signal;

(37)  prescribe standards for the maintenance of heavy vehicles and the frequency and procedure of mandatory inspections by owners;

(38)  prescribe standards for the pre-departure inspection of a heavy vehicle referred to in section 519.2, and exempt certain drivers, owners and operators from making the inspection in the cases it indicates ;

(39)  determine the form, content and rules for the retention of the reports, daily logs, files or other documents referred to in Title VIII.1 and exempt certain owners, operators or persons who supply the services of a driver from retaining them in the cases it indicates;

(39.1)  fix the manner in which the daily logs must be transmitted to the operator by a person offering the services of a driver;

(40)  determine the form, content and rules for the retention of the inspection report referred to in section 519.3 and exempt certain drivers from making the report in the cases it indicates ;

(40.1)  determine the persons who must be informed of a mechanical defect found on a heavy vehicle and the form and content of the report referred to in section 519.5 and the manner of making the report;

(41)  (paragraph repealed);

(42)  determine, subject to the conditions it determines, the cases where a heavy vehicle is partially or totally exempt from the application of Title VIII.1;

(42.1)  exempt certain heavy vehicles from the obligation of stopping at a level crossing;

(43)  (paragraph repealed);

(44)  prescribe the procedure according to which an operator or any other person it determines is informed by a driver whose driver’s licence or class of licence authorizing him to drive a heavy vehicle has been modified, suspended or cancelled;

(45)  (paragraph repealed);

(46)  (paragraph repealed);

(47)  determine in what cases and on what conditions the occupant of a road vehicle may drink alcoholic beverages therein;

(48)  (paragraph repealed);

(49)  prescribe the conditions and formalities for partial or complete recognition of periodical and compulsory mechanical inspection programs of another administrative authority in Canada or the United States for road vehicles as well as the cases in which such vehicles must undergo a mechanical inspection under this Code;

(50)  fix the towing and daily impounding charges for a road vehicle seized under section 209.1 or section 209.2.

1986, c. 91, s. 621; 1987, c. 94, s. 93; 1988, c. 68, s. 18; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 230; 1993, c. 42, s. 30; 1995, c. 25, s. 9; 1996, c. 56, s. 137; 1996, c. 60, s. 78; 1998, c. 40, s. 144; 1996, c. 56, s. 137; 1998, c. 40, s. 144.

622. The Government may, with respect to the transportation of dangerous substances on a public highway, by regulation

(1)  establish classes of motor vehicles and combinations of road vehicles according to load or mechanical or material characteristics;

(2)  establish classes and categories of dangerous substances;

(3)  designate a substance as a dangerous substance;

(4)  prescribe norms, conditions and procedures for the construction, use, custody and maintenance of any motor vehicle, combination of road vehicles and any container it may indicate where that vehicle or that container is used for the transportation of a dangerous substance;

(5)  prescribe, according to classes of vehicles and classes and categories of dangerous substances, the norms and prohibitions respecting

(a)  the operation of motor vehicles and combinations of road vehicles assigned to the transportation of a dangerous substance;

(b)  the presence on a public highway of a motor vehicle or combination of road vehicles assigned to the transportation of a dangerous substance;

(c)  the operations of loading, unloading, placing into containers and packaging dangerous substances transported, or to be transported, on a public highway;

(d)  the packaging of dangerous substances transported, or to be transported, on a public highway,

(6)  prescribe, according to classes of road vehicles and classes and categories of dangerous substances transported to be transported on a public highway,

(a)  the indication of danger and other information which must be affixed on dangerous substances and on their packaging as well as on the containers, motor vehicles and combinations of road vehicles containing them;

(b)  the documents that must accompany dangerous substances that are being transported on public highways and the minimum information that these documents must contain;

(7)  determine, among the provisions of a regulation under this section, those that are applicable to a person who offers a dangerous substance for transport, to an owner or operator of a heavy vehicle, to a carrier or to a driver of a vehicle that transports dangerous substances;

(8)  determine, among the provisions of a regulation under this section, those the violation of which constitutes an offence and prescribe for each offence the minimum and maximum amounts to which the following persons are liable :

(a)  the person who offers dangerous substances for transport, the owner or the operator of the heavy vehicle or the carrier of dangerous substances, each amount to be from $175 to $525, $350 to $1,050 or $700 to $2,100, according to the seriousness of the offence ;

(b)  the driver of the vehicle that transports dangerous substances, each amount to be from $90 to $270, $175 to $525 or $350 to $1,050, according to the seriousness of the offence.

The regulation-making powers provided in the first paragraph may be exercised in respect of all public highways or of certain specifically designated public highways.

1986, c. 91, s. 622; 1987, c. 94, s. 94; 1998, c. 40, s. 145.

623. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 623; 1992, c. 61, s. 165.

CHAPTER II POWERS OF THE SOCIÉTÉ

1990, c. 19, s. 11.

624. The Société may by regulation

(1)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for obtaining the registration of a road vehicle and the amount of the fee exigible on payment of the duties and insurance contribution referred to in section 31.1 and establish the terms and conditions of payment of such fees;

(1.1)  fix the amount of any additional fee exigible on payment of the duties and insurance contribution prescribed under section 31.1, in cases of failure to pay within the period determined by a regulation made under paragraph 8.8 of section 618;

(2)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for the issue of a duplicate of a registration certificate;

(3)  fix, according to the nature, class or category of a licence, the amount of the fee exigible for obtaining or renewing such a licence and the amount of the fee exigible on payment of the duties and insurance contribution referred to in section 93.1 and establish the terms and conditions of payment of such fees;

(3.1)  fix the amount of any additional fee exigible on payment of the duties and insurance contribution prescribed under section 93.1, in cases of failure to pay during the period determined by a regulation made under paragraph 4.2 of section 619;

(4)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for proficiency examinations;

(4.1)  fix the amount of the fee exigible from the date it may determine for replacing a registration certificate, registration plate, validation sticker, temporary registration certificate or detachable registration plate;

(5)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for the replacement of a registration certificate, a temporary registration certificate, a registration plate, a detachable registration plate, a sticker or a licence, in particular where it is illegible or damaged or has been destroyed, lost or stolen or where it contains inaccurate information;

(6)  (paragraph repealed);

(7)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for the issue of a licence or permit under Title III or of a special permit;

(7.1)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for the replacement of a special permit and for the issue of a duplicate of such a permit;

(8)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for the affixing of an identification number to a road vehicle;

(9)  determine, according to the various road vehicles that are subject to mechanical inspection, the amount of the fee exigible for the mechanical inspection performed by it;

(10)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for the issue of a certificate of mechanical inspection or inspection sticker;

(10.1)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for the examination of an application to participate in a preventive maintenance program;

(10.2)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for the preventive maintenance program sticker;

(10.3)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for the communication of information to any person who applies therefor;

(11)  provide, subject to the conditions it determines, cases of exemption from or reduction of certain exigible fees it determines;

(12)  permit, subject to the conditions it establishes, that the identifying mark of the Société be engraved, lithographed or printed on the documents it determines, other than a document referred to in section 550, and substituted for the signature of a person designated under section 17.1 of the Act respecting the Société de l’assurance-automobile du Québec (chapter S-11.011);

(13)  determine, according to the nature of the objects, the cases where an object confiscated or taken, in accordance with this Code, from its owner may be returned to him;

(14)  determine the amount of the fee exigible for the issue of an identification sticker under section 11;

(15)  fix the amount of the administrative fee exigible in respect of a cheque without sufficient funds or returned by a financial institution for any other reason;

(16)  fix the amount of the fee exigible from persons authorized to conduct the inspection of road vehicles under section 520;

(16.1)  fix the amount of the fee exigible from persons appointed to make the technical appraisal of road vehicles under section 546.1;

(17)  fix the amount of the fee exigible for obtaining the approval of the Société for the purposes of section 214;

(18)  fix the amount of the fee exigible for any electronic exchange of data relating to the carrying out of this Code with any legal person established in the public interest or for a private interest;

(19)  fix the photography fee payable by a person who does not hold a driver’s licence upon authentification by the Société of that person’s application for renewal of registration with the Régie de l’assurance-maladie du Québec.

The fees prescribed under subparagraphs 3 and 5 of the first paragraph may vary according to whether the licence is issued in plastic form or paper form, and according to whether or not the licence bears the photograph of the holder.

1986, c. 91, s. 624; 1987, c. 94, s. 95, s. 96; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 231; 1993, c. 42, s. 31; 1992, c. 61, s. 166; 1995, c. 6, s. 13; 1996, c. 56, s. 138.

625. Every regulation made by the Société is subject to the approval of the Government.

1986, c. 91, s. 625; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

CHAPTER III POWERS OF MUNICIPALITIES

626. A municipality may by by-law or, where the law so authorizes, by ordinance

(1)  determine classes of non-motorized vehicles that are subject to registration and determine the amount of the registration fee exigible according to such classes;

(2)  require every resident of its territory who owns a non-motorized vehicle subject to registration that he registers such vehicle;

(3)  provide for the issue of a certificate evidencing the registration of a non-motorized vehicle and require the holder to carry the certificate when using the vehicle;

(4)  prescribe the minimum and maximum speed limits for road vehicles in its territory, which may be different for different locations except on public highways maintained by the Minister of Transport or on which the Minister of Transport has erected traffic signs in accordance with section 329;

(5)  prohibit all vehicular traffic, with or without exception, on the roads it indicates and, where appropriate, for the period it fixes, provided that the prohibition is indicated by traffic signs or traffic officers;

(6)  locate taxi stands and stops for buses and minibuses;

(7)  establish safety zones for pedestrians, and require and regulate their use;

(8)  establish rules regulating the direction of traffic, the meeting of uncoming vehicles and the passing of road vehicles on public highways maintained by it provided that such rules are compatible with the provisions of this Code relating to those matters;

(9)  establish rules regulating the movement of convoys on public highways maintained by it;

(10)  regulate the speed of road vehicles in parks or cemeteries under its control or prohibit the use of road vehicles in the lanes of parks or cemeteries provided that the speed limit or prohibition is clearly indicated by means of signs conspicuously placed at the entrance to the park or cemetery and along the lanes;

(11)  prohibit or restrict the movement of all or certain road vehicles in the vicinity of schools, facilities maintained by an institution operating a hospital centre or a residential and long-term care centre contemplated in the Act respecting health services and social services (chapter S-4.2) and hospital centres contemplated in the Act respecting health services and social services for Cree Native persons (chapter S-5);

(12)  take the necessary measures to prevent or relieve traffic congestion;

(13)  determine the annual amount it may require for the erection of commercial tourist information signs on a public highway maintained by it;

(14)  permit, on the conditions and for the periods of time it fixes, off-highway vehicles or certain types of off-highway vehicles to be operated on all or part of a public highway it maintains.

1986, c. 91, s. 626; 1990, c. 83, s. 232; 1992, c. 21, s. 125; 1992, c. 54, s. 62; 1995, c. 3, s. 1; 1994, c. 23, s. 23; 1995, c. 25, s. 10; 1996, c. 60, s. 79; 1998, c. 40, s. 146.

627. Notwithstanding any contrary or inconsistent provision of a general law or special Act, every by-law, resolution or, where the law so authorizes, every ordinance passed or issued by a municipality relating to the means or systems of vehicular transport under the jurisdiction of the Commission des transports du Québec, vehicle construction, heavy vehicle traffic, rate of speed, the traffic of vehicles carrying dangerous substances, the operation of off-highway vehicles on a public highway and the use of vehicles elsewhere than on public highways must, in order to have effect, be approved by the Minister of Transport.

This section does not apply to transportation by taxi within the meaning of the Act respecting transportation by taxi (chapter T-11.1).

1986, c. 91, s. 627; 1987, c. 94, s. 97; 1990, c. 83, s. 233; 1996, c. 60, s. 80; 1998, c. 40, s. 147.

628. The Minister of Transport may approve the whole or only a part of a by-law, resolution or ordinance referred to in section 627. He may also withdraw all or part of any approval given under that section. In such a case, the by-law, resolution or ordinance or part thereof from which approval has been withdrawn ceases to have effect on the date fixed in a notice of the withdrawal of approval published in the Gazette officielle du Québec.

The Minister of Transport may remove any sign or signal relating to a by-law, resolution or ordinance which he has not approved or from which he has withdrawn approval, and replace those signs or signals by signs or signals he deems appropriate.

1986, c. 91, s. 628; 1990, c. 83, s. 234; 1999, c. 40, s. 55.

TITLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS AND TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

629. The Minister of Transport or the Société may, according to law, enter into an agreement with any government, department, or body respecting any matter referred to in this Code.

An agreement under this section may exempt any person from the application of part of this Code.

The Société shall be responsible for the implementation of such an agreement.

1986, c. 91, s. 629; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1996, c. 56, s. 139.

630. An agreement under section 629 may also provide that a penalty under this Code becomes applicable in the case of an indictable offence or an offence for which a number of demerit points is prescribed by regulation on a conviction by a court of a jurisdiction that is a party to the agreement for a substantially equivalent offence.

The penalty prescribed in the case of failure to pay fine following conviction for an offence under this Code may also be rendered applicable by such an agreement with respect to conviction for a substantially equivalent offence.

The agreement must include descriptions of the offences and applicable penalties.

1986, c. 91, s. 630; 1990, c. 4, s. 220.

631. The Government may, by regulation, adopt the necessary measures to give effect to an agreement under section 629. The publication requirement set out in section 8 of the Regulations Act (chapter R-18.1) does not apply to a regulation under this section.

1986, c. 91, s. 631.

632. Any person convicted by a court of the jurisdiction that is a party to an agreement under section 629 may apply to a judge of the Court of Québec for a ruling on the applicability of the penalty prescribed for the offence for which he was convicted.

Sections 561 to 573, adapted as required, apply to an application under this section.

1986, c. 91, s. 632; 1988, c. 21, s. 66.

633. The Minister of Transport may, where he considers it justified by exceptional circumstances and after consultation with the Société, issue a special permit authorizing the operation on public highways of a road vehicle or combination of road vehicles where the applicant is unable to meet the requirements of a regulation under paragraph 20 of section 621.

Where the Minister grants a permit under the first paragraph, he shall fix the conditions attached to the permit, the fee exigible and the amount and nature of the security guaranteeing payment of any damage that the operation of such vehicle or combination of vehicles may cause to a public highway.

The Minister of Transport may delegate to a public servant or employee of the Ministère des Transports, or to any other person or body he designates, the exercise of a power under this section.

1986, c. 91, s. 633; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 235; 1996, c. 56, s. 140.

634. The Minister of Transport may classify public highways for the purposes of this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 634.

634.1. The Police Force has exclusive jurisdiction to enforce the rules of this Code on an autoroute, subject to the jurisdiction assigned to the highway controllers pursuant to section 519.67 and subject to the jurisdiction that the Minister of Public Security may assign to a police force serving a municipality traversed by an autoroute.

The assignment of jurisdiction to a municipal police force becomes effective on the date on which it is published in the Gazette officielle du Québec.

1996, c. 73, s. 16.

634.2. The peace officers who may be authorized by the prosecutor to issue a statement of offence in relation to an offence under the rules of this Code committed on an autoroute are:

(1)  the members of the Police Force;

(2)  the members of a police force to which the Minister has assigned jurisdiction under section 634.1 which serves a municipality traversed by the autoroute;

(3)  the highway controllers designated under section 519.67.

1996, c. 73, s. 16.

635. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 635; 1992, c. 61, s. 167.

636. Every peace officer recognizable as such at first sight may, in the performance of his duties under this Code and the Act respecting owners and operators of heavy vehicles (chapter P-30.3), require the driver of a road vehicle to stop his vehicle. The driver must comply with this requirement without delay.

1986, c. 91, s. 636; 1987, c. 94, s. 98; 1990, c. 83, s. 236; 1998, c. 40, s. 148.

636.1. Where a peace officer reasonably suspects the presence of alcohol in the body of a person driving or having the care or control of a road vehicle, he may require him to undergo forthwith any reasonable physical coordination tests he indicates to him to ascertain whether there is cause for requiring him to undergo the tests provided for in section 254 of the Criminal Code (Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, chapter C-46). The person must comply with this requirement without delay.

This section applies on highways under the administration of or maintained by the Ministère des Ressources naturelles, on private roads open to public vehicular traffic and on land occupied by shopping centres or other land where public traffic is allowed, as well as on public highways.

1990, c. 83, s. 237; 1996, c. 56, s. 141; 1998, c. 40, s. 149.

636.2. A peace officer who, in the performance of his duties under this Code, the Act respecting owners and operators of heavy vehicles (chapter P-30.3), the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25) or the Criminal Code (Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, chapter C-46) has reasonable grounds to believe that an offence has been committed under this Code, under the Act respecting owners and operators of heavy vehicles, under section 186 of the Automobile Insurance Act or under a provision of the Criminal Code referred to in section 180 of this Code may, without the owner’s permission, take possession of the road vehicle, drive that vehicle and impound it at the expense of the owner or operator of a heavy vehicle, as the case may be.

1990, c. 83, s. 237; 1996, c. 56, s. 142; 1998, c. 40, s. 150.

637. A peace officer is authorized to confiscate and remit to the Société any unauthorized plate or unauthorized validation sticker, any plate to which is affixed an unauthorized sticker or any unauthorized licence or unauthorized inspection sticker.

For the purposes of the first paragraph,

(1)  an unauthorized plate is a plate referred to in section 34 or issued for a road vehicle other than the vehicle to which it is attached;

(2)  an unauthorized validation sticker is a sticker referred to in section 34 or issued for a vehicle other than the vehicle carrying the place to which it is affixed;

(3)  an unauthorized licence is a document referred to in section 146 or a licence issued to a person other than the person using it to drive a road vehicle;

(4)  an unauthorized inspection sticker is a sticker referred to in section 538.1.

1986, c. 91, s. 637; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 238.

637.1. A peace officer is authorized to seize and destroy any permit or licence where the permit, class thereof or the licence is suspended or cancelled.

When confiscating a licence or a permit, the peace officer shall issue a receipt to the person in possession of the licence or permit and shall then remit the licence or permit to the Société.

1990, c. 83, s. 238; 1996, c. 56, s. 143.

638. Every peace officer who, in accordance with this Code, confiscates or takes an object from its owner shall immediately inform the Société of the name and address of the person who was in possession of the object.

1986, c. 91, s. 638; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

639. If the nature of the object confiscated or taken allows it, except in the case contemplated in the second paragraph of section 252, the Société may, subject to the conditions and in the cases prescribed by regulation, return the object to its owner if he files an application therefor within 90 days after the date the object was confiscated or taken. The object is returned at the owner’s expense.

1986, c. 91, s. 639; 1988, c. 68, s. 19; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

640. The Société shall dispose of every object confiscated or taken at the expiry of a period 90 days following the date it was confiscated or taken.

1986, c. 91, s. 640; 1987, c. 94, s. 99; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

641. The public servants of the Sûreté du Québec designated by the Director General of the Sûreté du Québec to carry out the provisions of this Code are peace officers responsible for its application with respect to driving schools and the following road vehicles:

(1)  a motor vehicle used by a driving school for instruction purposes;

(2)  a bus, a minibus, a commercial vehicle, a taxi and a combination of road vehicles;

(3)  a vehicle used for the transportation of permanently attached equipment and provided with a load space;

(4)  a vehicle designed mainly to do specific work and permanently equipped for that purpose;

(5)  a vehicle equipped to refuel, repair or tow road vehicles;

(6)  a motor vehicle owned by a farmer and used for the transportation of agricultural products or materials necessary for their production.

1986, c. 91, s. 641.

642. The owner of a stolen road vehicle is required to give immediate notice of the theft of his vehicle and, as the case may be, of its recovery, to the Société.

A peace officer, on being informed of the theft of a road vehicle, must do what is necessary to inform the Société.

1986, c. 91, s. 642; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

643. The owner of a road vehicle who contravenes the first paragraph of section 642 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1986, c. 91, s. 643; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

643.1. Every driver who contravenes section 636.1 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300.

1990, c. 83, s. 239.

643.2. Every driver who contravenes section 636 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

Every driver of a heavy vehicle who contravenes section 636 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $700 to $2,100.

1990, c. 83, s. 239; 1998, c. 40, s. 151.

644. Every person who makes, permits or tolerates the fraudulent use of a document issued by the Société is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $600.

1986, c. 91, s. 644; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

644.1. Every person who knowingly uses or discloses information transmitted by the Société pursuant to the second paragraph of section 610 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $1,000.

1990, c. 83, s. 240.

644.2. Every person who knowingly retains beyond the period prescribed in the third paragraph of section 610 information transmitted by the Société pursuant to the second paragraph of the said section is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $300 to $1,000.

1990, c. 83, s. 240.

645. (Repealed).

1986, c. 91, s. 645; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1996, c. 60, s. 81.

645.1. (Repealed).

1987, c. 94, s. 100; 1990, c. 4, s. 212; 1998, c. 40, s. 152.

645.2. (Repealed).

1988, c. 68, s. 20; 1990, c. 4, s. 221; 1996, c. 60, s. 81.

645.3. Every person who contravenes a regulation under paragraph 2.1 of section 621 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1990, c. 83, s. 241.

Not in force

645.4. Every person who contravenes a regulation under paragraph 20.4 of section 621 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $100 to $200.

1990, c. 83, s. 241.

646. Every person who contravenes a regulatory provision determined under subparagraph 8 of the first paragraph of section 622 is guilty of an offence and is liable to a fine of $200 to $300, $300 to $600 or $600 to $6 000 according to the offence and to the corresponding minimum and maximum fines prescribed by regulation.

1986, c. 91, s. 646; 1987, c. 94, s. 101; 1990, c. 4, s. 212.

647. Any fine prescribed under a by-law or ordinance passed under paragraphs 4, 5 and 8 of section 626 must be equal to the fine prescribed by this Code for an offence of the same nature.

1986, c. 91, s. 647.

648. The sums collected under this Code are paid into the consolidated revenue fund, within the time and according to the terms and conditions fixed by the Minister of Finance, except

(1)  the sums belonging to a municipality for an offence against this Code;

(2)  the sums placed at the disposal of the Société in accordance with sections 151 to 151.3 of the Automobile Insurance Act (chapter A-25) and section 23 of the Act respecting the Société de l’assurance automobile du Québec (chapter S-11.011);

(3)  the fees prescribed by regulation of the Société under this Code;

(3.1)  the fees collected by the Société pursuant to a government regulation under subparagraphs 1 and 2 of the first paragraph of section 155 of the Act respecting Access to documents held by public bodies and the Protection of personal information (chapter A-2.1);

(3.2)  the part of the costs remitted to a prosecuting party under article 366 of the Code of Penal Procedure (chapter C-25.1) and the costs remitted to the defendant under article 223 of the said Code;

(4)  the part of the fines allocated by the Government to the Société;

(5)  the amounts collected by the Société under an agreement made with any government, any department of such government or any public body;

(6)  the portion, fixed by agreement between the Société and the Minister of Finance, of the registration duties of vehicles carrying goods or persons received by the Société during its fiscal year, which represents the costs borne by the Société in that fiscal year for exercising its jurisdiction pursuant to Title VIII.2 of this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 648; 1987, c. 94, s. 102; 1990, c. 19, s. 10; 1990, c. 19, s. 11; 1990, c. 83, s. 242; 1992, c. 61, s. 168.

648.1. The contributions of motorists to public transit, exigible under sections 21 and 31.1 and collected by the Société de l’assurance automobile du Québec, shall be remitted, after making the deduction required under the second paragraph of section 88.4 of the Transport Act (chapter T-12), to the Minister of Transport, who shall pay them into the fund for the contributions of motorists to public transit established by section 12.22 of the Act respecting the Ministère des Transports (chapter M-28).

1991, c. 32, s. 168.

649. Every municipality is required to transmit, to the Société, within 90 days of the end of each year, a detailed report recording for the past year the accidents, within the meaning of section 167, that have occurred in its territory and the offences that entailed the collection of sums of money under paragraph 1 of section 648.

1986, c. 91, s. 649; 1990, c. 19, s. 11.

650. The Minister of Transport is responsible for the carrying out of this Code, except the provisions respecting traffic supervision coming under the jurisdiction of the Minister of Public Security and the provisions respecting proceedings for offences coming under the jurisdiction of the Attorney General.

1986, c. 91, s. 650; 1988, c. 46, s. 24.

651. The licences, permits, certificates and registration plates issued under the Highway Safety Code (chapter C-24.1) and the dealer’s licences issued under the Highway Code (chapter C-24) are deemed to have been issued under this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 651; 1987, c. 94, s. 103.

652. The proficiency certificates issued under the Highway Safety Code (chapter C-24.1) become driver’s licences of the class appropriate for the driving of a moped.

1986, c. 91, s. 652.

653. For the purposes of section 204, every person convicted of an offence under any of sections 142 to 142.3 of the Highway Safety Code (chapter C-24.1) is deemed to have been convicted of an offence contemplated in section 147 for a contravention of the first paragraph of section 127 or an offence under any of sections 148 to 150 of this Act.

1986, c. 91, s. 653.

654. Demerit points attributable to an offence committed before 1 December 1987 are counted as demerit points for the purposes of the cancellation of a licence or for a suspension of the right to obtain a licence under this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 654.

655. In any Act or statutory instrument, any reference to the Highway Code (chapter C-24) or to the Highway Safety Code (chapter C-24.1) is a reference to the corresponding provision of this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 655.

656. Every agreement entered into with any government, any department of such a government or any agency under the Highway Code (chapter C-24) or under the Highway Safety Code (chapter C-24.1) remains in force to such extent as it is compatible with this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 656.

657. The certificates of exemption for medical reasons issued under section 454 of the Highway Safety Code (chapter C-24.1) are valid for a period of two years from 18 December 1986 or, as the case may be, for the shorter period indicated on the certificate.

1986, c. 91, s. 657.

658. The provisions of Division III of Chapter II of Title VIII relating to the obligation to wear the seat belt or other safety device will apply only from the date fixed by the Government in respect of the back seat passengers of a vehicle.

1986, c. 91, s. 658.

The provisions of Division III of Chapter II of Title VIII of this Code relating to the obligation to wear the seat belt or other safety device will apply from 1 January 1990 in respect of the back seat passengers of a vehicle. Order in Council 1878-89 dated 6 December 1989, (1989) 121 G.O. 2, 4695.

659. The judge of the Provincial Court who held the office of president of the Transport Tribunal on 1 June 1982 shall retain, for himself or his widow, his rights to the pension of a chief judge.

1986, c. 91, s. 659.

660. No new driving school licence shall be issued for a period of five years from 1 January 1991, except in the case of the renewal of a licence in force on that date. The Government may, however, order that the moratorium be lifted before 31 December 1995.

Notwithstanding the first paragraph, the Government may, during that period, authorize the issue of a driving school licence under Chapter IV of Title II if it is of the opinion that the number of driving school licences that have been issued in the territory of the urban or regional community or regional county municipality in respect of which the licence is applied for is insufficient or if it deems it advisable in view of the circumstances.

1986, c. 91, s. 660; 1988, c. 68, s. 21; 1990, c. 83, s. 243.

661. (Amendment integrated into c. A-25, s. 1).

1986, c. 91, s. 661.

662. (Amendment integrated into c. A-25, s. 151).

1986, c. 91, s. 662.

663. (Amendment integrated into c. A-25, s. 195).

1986, c. 91, s. 663.

664. (Amendment integrated into c. A-25, s. 197).

1986, c. 91, s. 664.

665. (Amendment integrated into c. P-40.1, s. 156).

1986, c. 91, s. 665.

666. (Amendment integrated into c. P-40.1, s. 158).

1986, c. 91, s. 666.

667. (Amendment integrated into c. P-40.1, s. 322).

1986, c. 91, s. 667.

668. (Amendment integrated into c. R-4, s. 2).

1986, c. 91, s. 668.

669. (Amendment integrated into c. R-4, s. 15.1).

1986, c. 91, s. 669.

670. (Omitted).

1986, c. 91, s. 670.

671. (Omitted).

1986, c. 91, s. 671.

672. Every regulation under the Highway Code (chapter C-24) or the Highway Safety Code (chapter C-24.1) remains in force until it is replaced or repealed by a regulation under this Code.

1986, c. 91, s. 672.

673. (Omitted).

1986, c. 91, s. 673.

674. The provisions of the Highway Code (chapter C-24) and of the Highway Safety Code (chapter C-24.1) are replaced by the corresponding provisions of this Code to the extent indicated in the orders made under section 676 of chapter 91 of the statutes of 1986.

All other provisions of the Highway Code (chapter C-24) and of the Highway Safety Code (chapter C-24.1) are repealed from the date fixed by the Government.

1986, c. 91, s. 674.

675. Paragraphs 8 to 12 of section 618, paragraphs 10 to 16, 18 to 20 and 22 of section 619, paragraphs 1 and 2 of section 624, and sections 662 and 663 have effect from 3 September 1985.

1986, c. 91, s. 675.

676. (Omitted).

1986, c. 91, s. 676.

REPEAL SCHEDULES

In accordance with section 9 of the Act respecting the consolidation of the statutes and regulations (chapter R-3), chapter 91 of the statutes of 1986, in force on 1 March 1987, is repealed, except sections 670, 671 and 676, effective from the coming into force of chapter C-24.2 of the Revised Statutes.

In accordance with section 9 of the Act respecting the consolidation of the statutes and regulations (chapter R-3), sections 1 to 10, 12 to 75, 81 to 83, 85 to 104, 107 to 116, 127 to 142, 146 to 150, 167 to 179, 187, 188, paragraphs 1 and 3 of section 189, sections 190, 191, 195 to 206, 210 to 331, 333 to 387, 390 to 412, 415 to 495, 497 to 520, paragraphs 4 and 7 to 11 of section 521, sections 522 to 617, 620 to 623, 625 to 638, 640 to 649, 651 to 653, 655, 657 to 659, 661, 664, 665, 668 and 669 of chapter 91 of the statutes of 1986, in force on 1 September 1987, are repealed effective from the coming into force of the updating to 1 September 1987 of chapter C-24.2 of the Revised Statutes.

In accordance with section 9 of the Act respecting the consolidation of the statutes and regulations (chapter R-3), sections 11, 76 to 80, 105, 106, 117 to 126, 143 to 145, 151 to 166, 180, the first paragraph of section 181, sections 182 to 186, 192, 193, 207 to 209, 388, paragraphs 1, 2, 3 and 6 of section 521, sections 639, 654, 656, 666 and 667 of chapter 91 of the statutes of 1986, in force on 1 March 1988, are repealed effective from the coming into force of the updating to 1 March 1988 of chapter C-24.2 of the Revised Statutes.

In accordance with section 9 of the Act respecting the consolidation of the statutes and regulations (chapter R-3), section 84, the second paragraph of section 181, paragraph 2 of section 189, sections 194, 413 and 414 of chapter 91 of the statutes of 1986, in force on 1 March 1989, are repealed effective from the coming into force of the updating to 1 March 1989 of chapter C-24.2 of the Revised Statutes.

In accordance with section 9 of the Act respecting the consolidation of the statutes and regulations (chapter R-3), paragraph 5 of section 521 of chapter 91 of the statutes of 1986, in force on 1 September 1990, is repealed effective from the coming into force of the updating to 1 September 1990 of chapter C-24.2 of The Revised Statutes.

Sections 285 and 443 of this Code will be amended upon the coming into force of sections 50 and 62 of chapter 94 of the statutes of 1987 on the date or dates fixed by order of the Government.

Sections 4, 90 and 328 of this Code will be amended upon the coming into force of paragraph 3 of section 2 and of sections 40 and 140 of chapter 83 of the statutes of 1990 on the date or dates fixed by order of the Government.

Sections 328, 546.1 and 621 of this Code will be amended upon the coming into force of paragraph 1 of section 82, of section 108 and of paragraph 6 of section 137 of chapter 56 of the statutes of 1996 on the date or dates fixed by order of the Government.

Section 209.21 of this Code will be amended upon the coming into force of section 54 of chapter 80 of the statutes of 1997 on the date fixed by order of the Government.

Sections 209.7, 295, 463, 468, 469, 472, 510, 519, 519.70, 587.1, 609, 621, 622 and 636.2 of this Code will be amended upon the coming into force of sections 68, 87, 99 to 101, 104, of paragraphs 1 (part) and 2 of section 109, of section 118, of paragraph 1 of section 124, of sections 141 and 143, of paragraphs 1 to 5, 11, 13 to 15, 17, 19, 20 and 22 to 24 of section 144, of section 145 and of paragraph 3 of section 150 of chapter 40 of the statutes of 1998 on the date or dates fixed by order of the Government.

Section 91 of this Code will be replaced upon the coming into force of section 42 of chapter 83 of the statutes of 1990 on the date fixed by order of the Government.

Sections 176 and 397 of this Code will be replaced upon the coming into force of sections 53 and 84 of chapter 56 of the statutes of 1996 on the date or dates fixed by order of the Government.

Section 513 of this Code will be replaced on 29 April 1999 which is the date of coming into force of section 112 of chapter 40 of the statutes of 1998 (O.C. 282-99 of 24.03.99, (1999) 131 G.O. 2, 353).

Sections 289, 473, 517.1 and 517.2 as well as Title VIII.1 of this Code will be replaced upon the coming into force of sections 83, 105, 115, 116 and 119 of chapter 40 of the statutes of 1998 on the date or dates fixed by order of the Government.

Sections 297 and 298 of this Code will be repealed upon the coming into force of section 129 of chapter 83 of the statutes of 1990 on the date fixed by order of the Government.

Sections 519.54 to 519.62, 577 and 578 of this Code will be repealed upon the coming into force of sections 99, 118 and 119 of chapter 56 of the statutes of 1996 on the date or dates fixed by order of the Government.

Sections 413, 414, 470, 475, 476, 515 and 645.1 of this Code will be repealed upon the coming into force of sections 97, 102, 106, 113 and 152 of chapter 40 of the statutes of 1998 on the date or dates fixed by order of the Government.

Any provisions referred to in this Code as “not in force” will come into force on the date or dates fixed by order of the Government (1986, c. 91, s. 676; 1987, c. 94, s. 108; 1990, c. 83, s. 263; 1996, c. 56, s. 158; 1998, c. 40, s. 183).